summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/gzt/source/gzt.dtx
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/gzt/source/gzt.dtx')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gzt/source/gzt.dtx4202
1 files changed, 2067 insertions, 2135 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gzt/source/gzt.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/gzt/source/gzt.dtx
index e490957478..50d03f6642 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gzt/source/gzt.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/gzt/source/gzt.dtx
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
-%
+%
% File: gzt.dtx Copyright (C) 2014-2021 by
-% Denis Bitouz'e <denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr>
+% Denis Bitouzé <denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr>
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
%
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
%
-% The Current Maintainer of this work is Denis Bitouz'e.
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Denis Bitouzé.
%
% This work consists of the files gzt.dtx and gzt.ins
% and the derived filebase gzt.cls.
@@ -20,9 +20,149 @@
%<*internal>
\iffalse
%</internal>
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*readme-pictograms>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+# Pictograms possibly missing
+
+The current directory is supposed to contain the (files of the) logos and
+pictograms that illustrate the Gazette whole issues compiled by the SMF. As non
+free materials, they are likely to miss here and, in such a case, the `gzt`
+class will be replace them by a dummy image (borrowed from the `mwe` package).
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</readme-pictograms>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*latexmkrc>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+$pdf_mode = 1;
+
+$bibtex_use = 1;
+$bibtex = 'biber %O %B';
+
+add_cus_dep('glo', 'gls', 0, 'makeglossaries');
+add_cus_dep('acn', 'acr', 0, 'makeglossaries');
+add_cus_dep('slo', 'sls', 0, 'makeglossaries');
+sub makeglossaries{
+ system( "makeglossaries \"$_[0]\"" );
+}
+
+$makeindex = 'texindy -L french -C utf8';
+
+push @generated_exts, 'acn', 'acr', 'alg', 'bcf', 'fls', 'gl*', 'sbl*', 'sl*', 'sym*' ;
+
+$clean_ext .= 'synctex.gz* run.xml tex.bak ind idx out bbl bcf fdb_latexmk run
+ tdo listing *~ lo* unq mw tcbtemp ins drv atfi db* ain' ;
+
+$quote_filenames = 0;
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</latexmkrc>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*changelog>
+% \end{macrocode}
+# [Unreleased]
+
+# [1.1.0] - 2021-11-30
+
+## Added
+- (Far to perfect) Documentation of the code available as a PDF file.
+
+## Changed
+- New Gazette's "logo".
+- Allow acknowledgments despite empty minibios.
+- `easyscsl` option of `kpfonts` removed as now useless.
+- Table of contents and president message forced to start on an odd page.
+- Complete reworked of the `.dtx` source file in order to provide the documented
+ code as a PDF file.
+
+## Fixed
+- Backcover not properly printed.
+
+# [1.0.1] - 2021-02-14
+
+## Added
+- Option to create moral reports (`gzt` class only).
+- Local (to a given article) table of contents
+
+## Changed
+- The class now relies on the new LaTeX core hooks.
+- Documentation revised.
+- Various improvements.
+
+## Fixed
+- Superflous uppercases removed (cont.).
+- `gztcode` environments partially gobble their content under certain
+ conditions.
+- Various other small bugs.
+
+# [1.0.0] - 2020-03-17
+
+## Added
+- CHANGELOG file (following https://keepachangelog.com/en/1.0.0/).
+- Semantic versionning (following https://semver.org/).
+
+## Changed
+- Compilation date displayed only if the issue number is not specified
+ (`gztarticle` class only).
+- Prevent column breaks within items of "Comité de rédaction" (at the price of
+ unbalanced columns).
+
+## Fixed
+- Track changes in `expl3`.
+- Superflous uppercases removed.
+- Index directive in `latexmk` config file modernized.
+
+# [0.98] - 2018-04-09
+
+## Changed
+- Support for `biblatex` 3.8 changes.
+- Track changes in `expl3`.
+- Special editions implemented.
+
+## Fixed
+- Several bug fixes.
+
+# [0.96] - 2017-04-07
+
+## Changed
+- Figures and tables:
+ - with recurrent label and number but without any caption,
+ - with caption but without any recurrent label nor numbered,
+ implemented.
+- Frames without any label, number nor caption implemented.
+- Track changes in `expl3`.
+
+# [0.9] - 2015-05-02
+
+- Initial CTAN release of the `gzt` bundle.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</changelog>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
%<*readme>
+|
+-------:| -----------------------------------------------------------------
+ gzt:| Bundle of two classes and BibLaTeX styles for the French journal “La Gazette de la Société Mathématique de France”
+ Author:| Denis Bitouzé
+ E-mail:| denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr
+License:| Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later
+ See:| http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+
This bundle provides two classes and BibLaTeX styles for the French journal [“La
-Gazette des Mathématiciens”](https://smf.emath.fr/les-publications/la-gazette):
+Gazette de la Société Mathématique de France”](https://smf.emath.fr/les-publications/la-gazette):
- `gzt` for the complete issues of the journal, aimed at the Gazette’s team,
- `gztarticle`, intended for authors who wish to publish an article in the
@@ -40,187 +180,204 @@ Gazette des Mathématiciens”](https://smf.emath.fr/les-publications/la-gazette
\fi
%</internal>
%<*class|class-article|install>
-\def\gztfileversion{1.0.1}
-\def\gztfiledate{2021-02-14}
+\def\gztfileversion{1.1.0}
+\def\gztfiledate{2021-11-30}
%</class|class-article|install>
%<*install>
\input l3docstrip.tex
-% \input docstrip.tex
-\Msg{**************************************************************}
-\Msg{* Installation}
-\Msg{* Class: gzt \gztfiledate\space v\gztfileversion}
-\Msg{* for the French journal "La Gazette des Math'ematiciens" (DB)}
-\Msg{**************************************************************}
\keepsilent
\askforoverwritefalse
\preamble
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-gzt --- SMF bundle of classes for the French journal "La Gazette des
- Math'ematiciens"
-
-E-mail: denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr
-Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later
-See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+-------:| -----------------------------------------------------------------
+ gzt:| Bundle of two classes and BibLaTeX styles for the French journal [“La Gazette de la Société Mathématique de France”
+ Author:| Denis Bitouzé
+ E-mail:| denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr
+License:| Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later
+ See:| http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
\endpreamble
\postamble
-% Copyright (C) 2014-2021 by Denis Bitouz'e <denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright (C) 2014-2021 by Denis Bitouzé <denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr>
+
This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
-of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-The latest version of this license is in
- http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-version 2005/12/01 or later.
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either
+version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in the file:
+
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status) by
+Denis Bitouzé.
-The Current Maintainer of this work is Denis Bitouz'e.
+This work consists of the file gzt.dtx and a Makefile.
+Running "make" generates the derived files README, gzt.pdf and gzt.cls.
+Running "make inst" installs the files in the user's TeX tree.
+Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
-This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
- and the derived files gzt.cls,
- gztarticle.cls,
- gzt.ins,
- gzt.pdf,
- and a number of configuration files.
\endpostamble
%
\def\GZT@classname{\jobname}
\def\GZT@logo{\GZT@classname-logo}
\def\GZT@addons{addons}
\usedir{tex/latex/\GZT@classname}
-\generate{%
+\generate{
\file{\GZT@classname.cls}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{class}}
\file{\GZT@classname article.cls}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{class-article}}
\file{\GZT@classname.dbx}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{datamodel}}
\file{\GZT@classname.lbx}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{languagemodel}}
\nopreamble\nopostamble
\file{\GZT@classname.cfg}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{configuration}}
-}%
+}
\usedir{tex/latex/\GZT@classname/images}
-\generate{%
+\generate{
\nopreamble\nopostamble
\file{README-PICTOGRAMS.md}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{readme-pictograms}}
-}%
+}
%</install>
%<install>\endbatchfile
%<*internal>
\usedir{source/latex/\GZT@classname}
\generate{
\file{\GZT@classname.ins}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{install}}
- \file{\GZT@classname.drv}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{driver}}%
\nopreamble\nopostamble
- \file{\GZT@logo.tex}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{class-logo}}%
-}%
+ \file{\GZT@logo.tex}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{class-logo}}
+}
\usedir{doc/latex/\GZT@classname}
\generate{
\nopreamble\nopostamble
\file{README.md}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{readme}}
-}%
-\usedir{doc/latex/\GZT@classname}
-\generate{
- \nopreamble\nopostamble
\file{CHANGELOG.md}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{changelog}}
-}%
+}
\usedir{doc/latex/\GZT@classname/french}
\generate{
\nopreamble\nopostamble
\file{latexmkrc}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{latexmkrc}}
-}%
+}
% \usedir{doc/latex/\GZT@classname/\GZT@addons/completion}
-% \generate{%
+% \generate{
% \nopreamble\nopostamble
% \file{\GZT@classname.cwl}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{class-cwl}}
-% }%
+% }
\ifx\fmtname\nameofplainTeX
\expandafter\endbatchfile
\else
\expandafter\endgroup
\fi
%</internal>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\ProvidesFile{gzt.dtx}
+\documentclass[full,english]{l3doc}
+\usepackage[a4paper,inner=5cm,landscape]{geometry}
+\usepackage[gzt]{denisbdoc}
+\usepackage{csquotes}
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+% \usepackage[numbered]{hypdoc}
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{\jobname.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{\jobname.dtx}
+%
+% \title{\textsf{gzt} --- A bundle of two classes and \Pkg{biblatex} styles
+% for the French journal\\“La Gazette de la Société Mathématique de
+% France”\thanks{This file describes version \fileversion, last revised
+% \filedate.}\\[.25cm]Implementation%
+% }
+% \author{Denis Bitouzé\thanks{E-mail: \nolinkurl{denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr}}}
+% \date{Released \filedate}
%
-% \changes{v0.9}{2015/05/02}{First CTAN version}%
-% \changes{v0.95}{2016/04/03}{Second CTAN version}%
-% \changes{v0.95a}{2016/10/24}{Third CTAN version}%
-% \changes{v0.95b}{2016/10/24}{Fourth CTAN version}%
-% \changes{v0.96}{2017/01/01}{Fifth CTAN version}%
-% \changes{v0.97}{2017/02/15}{Sixth CTAN version}%
+%\maketitle
+%
+% \begin{documentation}
+%
+% \end{documentation}
+%
+% \begin{implementation}
+%
+% \changes{v0.9}{2015/05/02}{First CTAN version}
+% \changes{v0.95}{2016/04/03}{Second CTAN version}
+% \changes{v0.95a}{2016/10/24}{Third CTAN version}
+% \changes{v0.95b}{2016/10/24}{Fourth CTAN version}
+% \changes{v0.96}{2017/01/01}{Fifth CTAN version}
+% \changes{v0.97}{2017/02/15}{Sixth CTAN version}
% \changes{v0.98}{2018/04/07}{Seventh CTAN version. Implementation of special
-% editions.}%
-% \changes{v1.0.0}{2020-03-17}{Eighth CTAN version.}%
-% \changes{v1.0.1}{2021-02-14}{Nineth CTAN version.}%
-%
-% \CheckSum{4413}
-%
-% \CharacterTable
-% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-%
-% \selectlanguage{english}
-% \chapter{Auxiliary files}
-%
-% \section{Gazette's logo}
+% editions.}
+% \changes{v1.0.0}{2020-03-17}{Eighth CTAN version.}
+% \changes{v1.0.1}{2021-02-14}{Nineth CTAN version.}
+% \changes{v1.1.0}{2021-11-30}{Tenth CTAN version.}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This bundle provides two classes and \Pkg{biblatex} styles for the French journal
+% \href{https://smf.emath.fr/les-publications/la-gazette}{“La Gazette de la
+% Société Mathématique de France”}:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \cls{gzt} for the complete issues of the journal, aimed at the
+% Gazette’s team,
+% \item \cls{gztarticle}, intended for authors who wish to publish an article in the
+% Gazette. This class’s goals are to
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item faithfully reproduce the layout of the Gazette, thus enabling the
+% authors to be able to work their document in actual conditions, and
+% \item provide a number of tools (commands and environments) to facilitate
+% the drafting of documents, in particular those containing mathematical
+% formulas.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex\PrintChanges}
+%
+% \section{Auxiliary files}
+%
+% \subsection{Gazette's logo}
% \label{sec:gzts-logo}
-% Before the code of the \gztcl{} by itself, we give the begining of the
-% code of the source file of the Gazette's logo (to be compiled with "xelatex").
+% Before the code of the \Class{gzt} by itself, we give the begining of the
+% code of the source file of the Gazette's logo (to be compiled with ×lualatex×).
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class-logo>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\documentclass{standalone}
+\documentclass[varwidth]{standalone}
\usepackage{fontspec}
-\usepackage[export]{adjustbox}
\usepackage[cmyk]{xcolor}
\usepackage{xparse}
-%
\setmainfont{HelveticaNeueLTStd-ThEx}
-\newfontfamily\des{HelveticaNeueLTStd-Th}
+\newfontfamily\dela{HelveticaNeueLTStd-Th}
\newfontfamily\mathematiciens{HelveticaNeueLTStd-Lt}
-%
\ExplSyntaxOn
\tl_new:N \l__gzt_frontmatter_head_text_tl
-\tl_set:Nn \l__gzt_frontmatter_head_text_tl {%
- \adjustbox{stack=r}
- {%
- \addfontfeature{LetterSpace=10}
- \textcolor{__gzt_generic_light_color}{%
- \fontsize{21}{0}\selectfont%
- la\hspace{5mm}%
- \fontsize{45}{0}\selectfont%
- Gazette%
- }%
- \\[1.7mm]%
- \fontsize{15}{0}\selectfont%
- \textcolor{__gzt_generic_light_color}{%
- \des%
- \addfontfeature{LetterSpace=6}%
- des%
- }%
- \hspace{2.5mm}%
- \textcolor{__gzt_generic_dark_color}{%
- \mathematiciens%
- \addfontfeature{LetterSpace=6}%
- Math\'ematiciens%
- }%
- }%
+\tl_set:Nn \l__gzt_frontmatter_head_text_tl {
+ \addfontfeature{LetterSpace=10}
+ \textcolor{__gzt_generic_light_color}{
+ \fontsize{21}{0}\selectfont
+ la
+ \hspace{3mm}
+ \fontsize{46}{0}\selectfont
+ Gazette
+ }
+ \\[1.7mm]
+ \fontsize{12}{0}\selectfont
+ \mbox{}\hfill%
+ \textcolor{__gzt_generic_light_color}{
+ \dela
+ de~ la~
+ }
+ \textcolor{__gzt_generic_dark_color}{
+ \mathematiciens
+ Société~ Mathématique~ de~ France
+ }
}
-%
\NewDocumentCommand \frontmatterheadtext {} {
\l__gzt_frontmatter_head_text_tl
}
@@ -230,8 +387,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%</class-logo>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{(\Pkg{biblatex}) Data model}
-% Before the code of the \gztcl{} by itself, we give the (\pkg{biblatex})
+% \subsection{(\texorpdfstring{\Pkg{biblatex}}{biblatex}) Data model}
+% Before the code of the \Class{gzt} by itself, we give the (\pkg{biblatex})
% data model that enriches the default one for several purposes:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item the interviews,
@@ -246,9 +403,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\ProvidesFile{gzt.lbx}
-\InheritBibliographyExtras{french}% extras are inherited from French...
-\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
- inherit = {french},% .... as well as all the keys
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{french}
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{
+ inherit = {french},
number = {{\no}{\no}},
volume = {{volume}{vol\adddot}},
volumes = {{volumes}{vol\adddot}},
@@ -263,17 +420,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*datamodel>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{For the interviews}
+% \subsubsection{For the interviews}
%
-% First, we create the new entry type "interview" and the new field
-% "interviewee".
+% First, we create the new entry type ×interview× and the new field
+% ×interviewee×.
% \begin{macrocode}
% \DeclareDatamodelEntrytypes{interview}
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list,datatype=name]{interviewee}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Then, we declare the fields known by the entry type "interview": our new field
-% "interviewee" and the existing one "author".
+% Then, we declare the fields known by the entry type ×interview×: our new field
+% ×interviewee× and the existing one ×author×.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields[interview]{
interviewee,
@@ -281,26 +438,26 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% An finally, we create the bibliography driver for the "interview" (that seems to
+% An finally, we create the bibliography driver for the ×interview× (that seems to
% create the corresponding new entry).
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{interview}{%
- \printnames{author}~interviewent~\printnames{interviewee}%
+ \printnames{author}~ interviewent~ \printnames{interviewee}%
\usebibmacro{finentry}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% %
-% % \subsection{For the tributes}
+% % \subsubsection{For the tributes}
% %
-% % First, we create the new entry type "tribute" and the new field
-% % "honouree".
+% % First, we create the new entry type ×tribute× and the new field
+% % ×honouree×.
% % \begin{macrocode}
% % \DeclareDatamodelEntrytypes{tribute}
% % \DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list,datatype=name]{honouree}
% % \end{macrocode}
% %
-% % Then, we declare the fields known by the entry type "tribute": our new field
-% % "honouree" and the existing one "author".
+% % Then, we declare the fields known by the entry type ×tribute×: our new field
+% % ×honouree× and the existing one ×author×.
% % \begin{macrocode}
% \DeclareDatamodelEntryfields[tribute]{
% honouree,
@@ -308,18 +465,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% }
% % \end{macrocode}
% %
-% % An finally, we create the bibliography driver for the "tribute" (that seems to
+% % An finally, we create the bibliography driver for the ×tribute× (that seems to
% % create the corresponding new entry).
% % \begin{macrocode}
% \DeclareBibliographyDriver{tribute}{%
-% \printnames{author}~rendent~hommage~\`a~\printnames{honouree}%
+% \printnames{author}~ rendent~ hommage~ \`a~ \printnames{honouree}%
% \usebibmacro{finentry}%
% }
% % \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{For the books reviews}
+% \subsubsection{For the books reviews}
%
-% First, we create the new bibliography driver "bookreview" (that seems to
+% First, we create the new bibliography driver ×bookreview× (that seems to
% create the corresponding new entry).
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{bookreview}{%
@@ -372,8 +529,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Then, we create the new fields "reviewer" and "reviewerinstitution" and make
-% them known by the entry type "bookreview".
+% Then, we create the new fields ×reviewer× and ×reviewerinstitution× and make
+% them known by the entry type ×bookreview×.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list,datatype=name]{reviewer}
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list,datatype=literal]{reviewerinstitution}
@@ -383,10 +540,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{For the books advertisements}
+% \subsubsection{For the books advertisements}
%
% We create some new fields make them known by the entry type
-% "bookadvertisement".
+% ×bookadvertisement×.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field,datatype=literal]{publicprice}
\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field,datatype=literal]{smfprice}
@@ -404,7 +561,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Then, we create the new bibliography driver "bookadvertisement" (that seems to
+% Then, we create the new bibliography driver ×bookadvertisement× (that seems to
% create the corresponding new entry).
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\insertbibimage}[1]{\includegraphics[width=45mm]{#1}}
@@ -416,7 +573,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
,fontlower=\large
,flushleft lower
,boxrule=0mm
- ,frame hidden%
+ ,frame hidden
,leftright skip=0mm
,before skip=0mm
,lower separated=false
@@ -507,11 +664,11 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\medskip
%
\begin{center}
- Prix~public~:\c_space_tl
+ Prix~ public~ :\c_space_tl
\EUR{\printfield{publicprice}}
- \c_space_tl\textendash\c_space_tl Prix~membre~\smf{}~:\c_space_tl
+ \c_space_tl\textendash\c_space_tl Prix~ membre~ \smf{}~ :\c_space_tl
\EUR{\printfield{smfprice}}
- \c_space_tl\textendash\c_space_tl Frais~de~port~non~compris
+ \c_space_tl\textendash\c_space_tl Frais~ de~ port~ non~ compris
\end{center}
}
\iffieldundef{englishabstract}
@@ -521,17 +678,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\bigskip
\begin{otherlanguage}{english}
\itshape
- \printfield{englishabstract}%
+ \printfield{englishabstract}
%
\par
\medskip
%
\begin{center}
- Public~price:\c_space_tl
+ Public~ price:\c_space_tl
\EUR{\printfield{publicprice}}
- \c_space_tl\textendash\c_space_tl \smf{}~member~price:\c_space_tl
+ \c_space_tl\textendash\c_space_tl \smf{}~ member~ price:\c_space_tl
\EUR{\printfield{smfprice}}
- \c_space_tl\textendash\c_space_tl Shipping~costs~not~included
+ \c_space_tl\textendash\c_space_tl Shipping~ costs~ not~ included
\end{center}
\end{otherlanguage}
}
@@ -543,20 +700,20 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%</datamodel>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \chapter{Implementation of the \gztcl{}}
+% \section{Implementation of the \Class{gzt}}
%
-% Here comes the code of the \gztcl{}.
+% Here comes the code of the \Class{gzt}.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Removability of local customizations}
+% \subsection{Removability of local customizations}
%
% We define two...
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sectioncommandslist{}%
-\let\saved@ifdefinable\@ifdefinable%
-\let\saved@@ifdefinable\@@ifdefinable%
+\def\sectioncommandslist{}
+\let\saved@ifdefinable\@ifdefinable
+\let\saved@@ifdefinable\@@ifdefinable
\newcommand{\startcustomization}{%
% Redefine \@ifdefinable
\renewcommand{\@ifdefinable}[2]{%
@@ -567,13 +724,13 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\listadd\sectioncommandslist##1%
\saved@@ifdefinable{##1}{##2}%
}%
-}%
+}
\newcommand{\cleancustomization}{%
\forlistloop{\undef}{\sectioncommandslist}%
\def\sectioncommandslist{}%
\let\@ifdefinable\saved@ifdefinable%
\let\@@ifdefinable\saved@@ifdefinable%
-}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -584,23 +741,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Selective filtering of error messages and warnings:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{silence}%
-\WarningFilter{kpfonts}{With 'easyscsl' option}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% Extending \pkg{etoolbox}'s patching commands:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xpatch}%
+\RequirePackage{xpatch}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We alter the behaviour of the internals of "\usetikzlibrary" so that the
+% We alter the behaviour of the internals of ×\usetikzlibrary× so that the
% \LaTeXe{} push/pop filename system is used (see
-% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/57428/18401}).
+% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/57428/18401}).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\patchcmd%
- {\use@@tikzlibrary}%
+\patchcmd
+ {\use@@tikzlibrary}
{%
\pgfutil@InputIfFileExists{tikzlibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex}{}{
\pgfutil@IfFileExists{pgflibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex}{%
@@ -611,23 +762,25 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
tikzlibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex and
pgflibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex, but neither
could be found in the current texmf trees.}
- }}%
- }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }
{%
\@pushfilename
\pgfutil@InputIfFileExists{tikzlibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex}{}{
\pgfutil@IfFileExists{pgflibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex}{%
\expandafter\usepgflibrary\expandafter{\pgf@temp}%
- }{%
+ }{
\tikzerror{I did not find the tikz library
'\pgf@temp'. I looked for files named
tikzlibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex and
pgflibrary\pgf@temp.code.tex, but neither
could be found in the current texmf trees.}
- }}%
+ }%
+ }%
\@popfilename
- }%
- {}{}%
+ }
+ {}{}
\patchcmd
{\tcb@input@library@in}
{%
@@ -641,14 +794,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% In order to avoid "__gzt" in the name of each internal (i.e. private) function
-% and variable, we make use of the "@@" place holder provided by the
+% In order to avoid ×__gzt× in the name of each internal (i.e. private) function
+% and variable, we make use of the ×@@× place holder provided by the
% \Pkg{l3docstrip}.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<@@=gzt>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{\LaTeX3 loading}
+% \subsection{\LaTeX3 loading}
%
% For debugging purpose, \Pkg{expl3} could be loaded with its
% \docAuxKey*{check-declarations} option.
@@ -663,15 +816,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% This \gztcl{} will make use of the \pkg{expl3} programming interface
+% This \Class{gzt} will make use of the \pkg{expl3} programming interface
% (\LaTeX3). In order to load this package, it is enough to load the
% \Pkg{xparse} which is anyway needed to produce document-level commands.
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\ExplSyntaxOn
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% The \gztcl{} is declared in the \LaTeX3{}'s way.
+% The \Class{gzt} is declared in the \LaTeX3{}'s way.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ProvidesExplClass
%<class> {gzt}
@@ -679,9 +831,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{\gztfiledate}
{\gztfileversion}
{
- SMF~class~for~the~French~journal^^J
- "La~Gazette~des~Math'ematiciens".
-%<class-article>~(Author~version.)
+ SMF~ class~ for~ the~ French~ journal^^J
+ "La~ Gazette~ de~ la~ Soci'et'e~ Math'ematique~ de~ France".
+%<class-article>~ (Author~ version.)
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -690,7 +842,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Class loading}
+% \subsection{Class loading}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \g_@@_moral_report_bool
@@ -702,19 +854,21 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\bool_new:N \g_@@_inside_pages_bool
%
\bool_new:N \g_@@_no_inside_backcover_bool
-%<class-article>\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_authors_bool%
-%<class-article>\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_pages_bool%
+%<class-article>\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_authors_bool
+%<class-article>\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_pages_bool
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We define some common code to the "moralreport" global option of "gzt" and
-% "gztarticle".
+% We define some common code to the ×moralreport× global option of ×gzt× and
+% ×gztarticle×.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_moral_report_common_option_tl {%
- \AddToHook{begindocument/before} {%
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_moral_report_common_option_tl {
+ \AddToHook{begindocument/before} {
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_moral_report_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_frontcover_without_minitoc_bool
\title[short={\bfseries\c_@@_moralreport_rubric_string_tl}]{}
- \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_title_tl {\c_@@_moralreport_rubric_string_tl}
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_title_tl {
+ \c_@@_moralreport_rubric_string_tl
+ }
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -736,80 +890,86 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% We define some class options:
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item "pagegrid" in order to draw a grid on each page, in order to check the
+% \item ×pagegrid× in order to draw a grid on each page, in order to check the
% layout (mostly for debugging purpose),
% \item ...
% \end{itemize}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_frontcover_image_file_tl {\c_@@_issue_frontcover_default_image_file_tl}
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_special_edition_color_tl {@@_default_cover_color}
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_frontcover_image_file_tl {
+ \c_@@_issue_frontcover_default_image_file_tl
+}
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_special_edition_color_tl {
+ @@_default_cover_color
+}
\clist_new:N \g_@@_special_edition_logos_clist
%
\keys_define:nn { gzt }
{
pagegrid .dim_gset:N = \g_@@_pagegrid_dim,
pagegrid .default:n = {\c_@@_pagegrid_dim},
- forauthors .code:n = {%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_authors_bool%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_pages_bool%
- },%
+ forauthors .code:n = {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_authors_bool
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_pages_bool
+ },
forprinter .bool_gset:N = \g_@@_for_printer_bool,
frontcoverimagefile .tl_gset:N = \g_@@_frontcover_image_file_tl,
frontcoverimagefile .default:n = {frontcover},
output .choice:,
- output / frontcover .code:n = {%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_printer_bool%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_cover_bool%
- },%
- output / coverpage .code:n = {%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_coverpage_bool%
- },%
- output / insidepages .code:n = {%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_printer_bool%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_pages_bool%
- },%
- output / backcover .code:n = {%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_printer_bool%
- },%
- output / web .code:n = {%
- },%
+ output / frontcover .code:n = {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_printer_bool
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_cover_bool
+ },
+ output / coverpage .code:n = {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_coverpage_bool
+ },
+ output / insidepages .code:n = {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_printer_bool
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_pages_bool
+ },
+ output / backcover .code:n = {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_for_printer_bool
+ },
+ output / web .code:n = {
+ },
specialedition .code:n = {
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_special_edition_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_frontcover_without_minitoc_bool
\keys_set:nn { gzt / specialedition } {#1}
},
- specialedition / color .code:n = {%
+ specialedition / color .code:n = {
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_special_edition_color_tl {#1}
- },%
- specialedition / minitoc .code:n = {%
+ },
+ specialedition / minitoc .code:n = {
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_frontcover_without_minitoc_bool
- },%
- specialedition / logos .code:n = {%
+ },
+ specialedition / logos .code:n = {
\clist_gset:Nn \g_@@_special_edition_logos_clist {#1}
- },%
- specialedition / backcover~image .code:n = {%
+ },
+ specialedition / backcover~ image .code:n = {
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_special_edition_backcover_image_tl {#1}
- },%
- specialedition / title .code:n = {%
+ },
+ specialedition / title .code:n = {
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_special_edition_title_tl {#1}
- },%
- specialedition / short~title .code:n = {%
+ },
+ specialedition / short~ title .code:n = {
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_special_edition_short_title_tl {#1}
- },%
- specialedition / editorial~heading .code:n = {%
+ },
+ specialedition / editorial~ heading .code:n = {
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_special_edition_editorial_heading_tl {#1}
- },%
- specialedition / editorial~author .code:n = {%
+ },
+ specialedition / editorial~ author .code:n = {
\_@@_people:nnnnnnnn {#1}{}{}{}{}{}{editorinchief}{}
- },%
+ },
moralreport .code:n = {
\g_@@_moral_report_common_option_tl
- \AddToHook{begindocument/before} {%
- \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_pdftitle_string_tl {\c_@@_moralreport_rubric_string_tl}
+ \AddToHook{begindocument/before} {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_pdftitle_string_tl {
+ \c_@@_moralreport_rubric_string_tl
+ }
}
},
-}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -823,33 +983,33 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { gztarticle }
{
- editorial .code:n = {%
- \AddToHook{begindocument}{%
- \_@@_before_display_editorial:n {}%
+ editorial .code:n = {
+ \AddToHook{begindocument}{
+ \_@@_before_display_editorial:n {}
}
- \AddToHook{enddocument}{%
- \_@@_after_display_editorial: {}%
+ \AddToHook{enddocument}{
+ \_@@_after_display_editorial: {}
}
- },%
- presidentmessage .code:n = {%
- \AddToHook{begindocument}{%
- \_@@_before_display_presidentmessage: {}%
+ },
+ presidentmessage .code:n = {
+ \AddToHook{begindocument}{
+ \_@@_before_display_presidentmessage: {}
}
- \AddToHook{enddocument}{%
- \_@@_after_display_presidentmessage: {}%
+ \AddToHook{enddocument}{
+ \_@@_after_display_presidentmessage: {}
}
- },%
+ },
moralreport .code:n = {
\g_@@_moral_report_common_option_tl
\keys_set:nn { gztarticle / moralreport } {#1}
},
- moralreport / title .code:n = {%
+ moralreport / title .code:n = {
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_moral_report_title_tl {#1}
- },%
- moralreport / short~title .code:n = {%
+ },
+ moralreport / short~ title .code:n = {
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_moral_report_short_title_tl {#1}
- },%
-}%
+ },
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -877,36 +1037,37 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% As subsequent class, the \Cls{book} is loaded, with "openany", "english" and
-% "french" options.
+% As subsequent class, the \Cls{book} is loaded, with ×openany×, ×english× and
+% ×french× options.
% \begin{macrocode}
\PassOptionsToClass{openany,english,french}{book}
\LoadClass { book }
-\PassOptionsToPackage{table,cmyk}{xcolor}%
-\PassOptionsToPackage{export}{adjustbox}%
+\PassOptionsToPackage{table,cmyk}{xcolor}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{export}{adjustbox}
\PassOptionsToPackage{english,french}{translator}
\PassOptionsToPackage{english,french}{babel}
\PassOptionsToPackage{english,french}{varioref}
\PassOptionsToPackage{english,french}{cleveref}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Packages loading}
+% \subsection{Packages loading}
%
-% Many of the \gztcl{} features are provided by third party packages. In this
-% section, we load them and outline their features interesting from the \gztcl{}
-% point of view.\todo{When possible, the list of loaded packages should be split
-% into two lists: one of the packages needed just by \gzt{} (for both its logic
-% and its layout) and one of packages useful for the end user.}
+% Many of the \Class{gzt} features are provided by third party packages. In this
+% section, we load them and outline their features interesting from the
+% \Class{gzt} point of view.\footnote{TODO: When possible, the list of loaded
+% packages should be split into two lists: one of the packages needed just by
+% \gzt{} (for both its logic and its layout) and one of packages useful for the
+% end user.}
%
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Compile \TeX{} pictures stand-alone or as part of a document:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[group=false]{standalone}%
+\RequirePackage[group=false]{standalone}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Tools to load and manipulate data:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{datatool}%
+\RequirePackage{datatool}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item In case of \hologo{pdfTeX} engine, we enforce \pkg{fontenc} to be loaded
@@ -926,45 +1087,45 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% Load of main font to be used:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[sfmath,easyscsl,noDcommand]{kpfonts}
+\RequirePackage[sfmath,noDcommand]{kpfonts}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Formatting both header and footers (pagestyle), and sections headers:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[pagestyles]{titlesec}%
+\RequirePackage[pagestyles]{titlesec}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Multicolumn output:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{multicol}%
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Graphics inclusion:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{graphicx}%
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Establish input relative to a directory:
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<class>\RequirePackage{import}%
+%<class>\RequirePackage{import}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Allow tables to flow over page boundaries:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{longtable}%
+\RequirePackage{longtable}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Put a grey textual watermark on document pages (loaded only if
-% "forauthors" \gzt{}'s option is on):
+% ×forauthors× \gzt{}'s option is on):
% \begin{macrocode}
%<class>\bool_if:nT { \g_@@_for_authors_bool } {
-%<class> \RequirePackage{draftwatermark}[2006/06/30]%
+%<class> \RequirePackage{draftwatermark}[2006/06/30]
%<class>}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Graphics package-alike macros for \enquote{general} boxes:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{adjustbox}%
+\RequirePackage{adjustbox}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Packages and image files for MWEs (used in case of missing pictograms):
@@ -987,38 +1148,42 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \item A new reference scheme for \LaTeX{}, providing the facilities of the
% \package{xr} and \package{xr-hyper} packages:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{zref-xr}%
+\RequirePackage{zref-xr}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \item Alternative versions of "ragged"-type commands:
+% \item Alternative versions of ×ragged×-type commands:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{ragged2e}%
+\RequirePackage{ragged2e}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Define commands that appear not to eat spaces:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xspace}%
+\RequirePackage{xspace}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item ...:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{textcase}%
+\RequirePackage{textcase}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item For typesetting epigraphs:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{epigraph}%
+\RequirePackage{epigraph}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Context sensitive quotation facilities:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[autostyle]{csquotes}%
+\RequirePackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Programmable bibliographies and citations:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[backend=biber,datamodel=gzt,defernumbers=true,autolang=other]{biblatex}%
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/01/01}{%
+\RequirePackage[
+ datamodel=gzt,
+ defernumbers=true,
+ autolang=other
+]{biblatex}
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/01/01}{
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{giveninits}
}{
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{firstinits}
@@ -1087,7 +1252,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \item For translating words in \LaTeX{}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{translator}%
+\RequirePackage{translator}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Flexible and easy interface to page dimensions:
@@ -1098,42 +1263,42 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \item Bilingual (French and English) documents, with French as default
% language:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{babel}%
+\RequirePackage{babel}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item METAFONT and macros for Euro sign:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{eurosym}%
+\RequirePackage{eurosym}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Expandable checks for the current language:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{iflang}[2007/11/11]%
+\RequirePackage{iflang}[2007/11/11]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Tagging tables of contents:
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<class>\RequirePackage{tableof}%
+%<class>\RequirePackage{tableof}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Completely customisable TOCs:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{etoc}%
+\RequirePackage{etoc}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Subliminal refinements towards typographical perfection:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[babel=true]{microtype}%
+\RequirePackage[babel=true]{microtype}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Current date and time formatting:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[nodayofweek]{datetime}%
+\RequirePackage[nodayofweek]{datetime}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Customization of lists:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[inline]{enumitem}%
+\RequirePackage[inline]{enumitem}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Execute command after the next page break:
@@ -1143,11 +1308,11 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \item Extension of \LaTeX{}'s color facilities:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xcolor}%
+\RequirePackage{xcolor}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item We need to avoid some macros from few of the following packages to be
-% added to "\@preamblecmds":
+% added to ×\@preamblecmds×:
% \begin{macrocode}
%<class|class-article>\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_preamblecmds \@preamblecmds
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1174,7 +1339,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \item Print page grid in background:
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<class>\RequirePackage[foreground]{pagegrid}%
+%<class>\RequirePackage[foreground]{pagegrid}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Typesetting theorems (AMS style):
@@ -1187,34 +1352,34 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\RequirePackage{thmtools}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We restore "\@preamblecmds" as it was before:
+% We restore ×\@preamblecmds× as it was before:
% \begin{macrocode}
%<class|class-article>\cs_set_eq:NN \@preamblecmds \_@@_orig_preamblecmds
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Control float placement:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{placeins}%
+\RequirePackage{placeins}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Hypertext marks:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[hidelinks,hypertexnames=false]{hyperref}%
+\RequirePackage[hidelinks,hypertexnames=false]{hyperref}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item A new bookmark (outline) organization for \Pkg{hyperref}:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[numbered]{bookmark}%
+\RequirePackage[numbered]{bookmark}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Create glossaries and lists of acronyms:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[nowarn]{glossaries}%
+\RequirePackage[nowarn]{glossaries}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Intelligent cross-referencing:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{cleveref}%
+\RequirePackage{cleveref}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{enumerate}
%
@@ -1236,11 +1401,11 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Miscellaneous patches}
+% \subsection{Miscellaneous patches}
%
-% We pop some commands from the "\@preamblecmds" list in order to allow
-% "\DeclareMathOperator" to be used after the preamble (see
-% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/223421/18401}).
+% We pop some commands from the ×\@preamblecmds× list in order to allow
+% ×\DeclareMathOperator× to be used after the preamble (see
+% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/223421/18401}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_remove_all:Nn \@preamblecmds { \do \DeclareMathOperator }
\tl_remove_all:Nn \@preamblecmds { \do \newacronym }
@@ -1248,50 +1413,48 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tl_remove_all:Nn \@preamblecmds { \do \usetikzlibrary }
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Messages}
+% \subsection{Messages}
%
% In this section, some messages are declared for future use.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\msg_new:nnnn{gzt}{issue-number-needed}{Option~`#1'~needed!}
- {Please~specify~`#1=<number>',
- ~otherwise~`<number>'~will~be~set~to
- ~`\int_use:N\c_@@_first_issue_number_int'.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{gzt}{unknown-choice}{Choice~`#3'~invalid!}
- {Please~specify~#1=#2.}
-%<class>\msg_new:nnnn{gzt}{configuration-file-missing}{File~`\c_@@_configuration_file_string_tl'~missing!}
+\msg_new:nnnn{gzt}{issue-number-needed}{Option~ `#1'~ needed!}
+ {Please~ specify~ `#1=<number>',
+ ~ otherwise~ `<number>'~ will~ be~ set~ to
+ ~ `\int_use:N\c_@@_first_issue_number_int'.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{gzt}{unknown-choice}{Choice~ `#3'~ invalid!}
+ {Please~ specify~ #1=#2.}
+%<class>\msg_new:nnnn{gzt}{configuration-file-missing}{File~ `\c_@@_configuration_file_string_tl'~ missing!}
%<class> {The~ whole~ issue~ may~ not~ be~ conform~ if~ `\c_@@_configuration_file_string_tl'~ is~ missing.}
-%<class>\msg_new:nnnn{gzt}{editorial-file-missing}{File~`\c_@@_editorial_file_string_tl'~missing!}
+%<class>\msg_new:nnnn{gzt}{editorial-file-missing}{File~ `\c_@@_editorial_file_string_tl'~ missing!}
%<class> {The~ whole~ issue~ requires~ the~ `\c_@@_editorial_file_string_tl'~ file.}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Counters}
+% \subsection{Counters}
%
% In this section, we define some counters for future use.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_editors_in_chief_int}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_articles_int}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_questions_answers_int}
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_editors_in_chief_int,\g_@@_articles_int,\g_@@_questions_answers_int}
%
-% The integer "\g_@@_editors_in_chief_int" will count the number of editors in
+% The integer ×\g_@@_editors_in_chief_int× will count the number of editors in
% chief in order to use singular or plural form of the corresponding string
% \enquote{Rédacteur(s) en chef}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \g_@@_editors_in_chief_int
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% The integer "\g_@@_item_in_rubric_int" will count the number of item in
+% The integer ×\g_@@_item_in_rubric_int× will count the number of item in
% a rubric in order to give a specific behavior of the first of them.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \g_@@_item_in_rubric_int
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% The integer "\g_@@_articles_int" will count the number of articles in order to
+% The integer ×\g_@@_articles_int× will count the number of articles in order to
% provide for each of them a unique bibliographic key.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \g_@@_articles_int
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% The integer "\g_@@_question_int" will count the number of questions
+% The integer ×\g_@@_question_int× will count the number of questions
% (and hence of answers) in order to provide distinguish between the first and
% the subsequent questions/answers of an interview, the former being likely to
% be typeset differently (e.g. the names of the interviewer and the interviewee
@@ -1300,21 +1463,16 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\int_new:N \g_@@_question_int
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{Constants}
+% \subsection{Constants}
%
% In this section, we declared some constants for future use.
%
-% \subsection{Integers}
+% \subsubsection{Integers}
%
-% \subsubsection{Issue numbers}
+% \paragraph{Issue numbers}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_first_issue_number_int}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_first_issue_year_int}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_first_issue_month_int}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_interval_in_months_int}
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_first_issue_number_int,\c_@@_first_issue_year_int,\c_@@_first_issue_month_int,\c_@@_interval_in_months_int}
% The first issue number, month and year, and the interval (in months) between
% two consecutive issues, are declared.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1324,45 +1482,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\int_const:Nn \c_@@_interval_in_months_int { 3 }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Strings and keywords}
+% \subsubsection{Strings and keywords}
%
% We now declare some private string constants.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_journal_title_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_editors_in_chief_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_editors_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_editorial_board_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_editorial_secretariat_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_phone_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_fax_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_informations_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_publishingdirector_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_issn_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_isbn_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_latexclass_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_font_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_configuration_file_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_cover_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_artistic_director_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_editorial_heading_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_toc_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_message_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_president_signatory_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_editorinchief_signatory_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_issue_bib_file_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_about_frontcover_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_credit_frontcover_string_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_authors_instructions_string_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl,\c_@@_journal_title_string_tl,\c_@@_editors_in_chief_string_tl,\c_@@_editors_string_tl,\c_@@_editorial_board_string_tl,\c_@@_editorial_secretariat_string_tl,\c_@@_phone_string_tl,\c_@@_fax_string_tl,\c_@@_informations_string_tl,\c_@@_publishingdirector_string_tl,\c_@@_issn_string_tl,\c_@@_isbn_string_tl,\c_@@_latexclass_string_tl,\c_@@_font_string_tl,\c_@@_configuration_file_string_tl,\c_@@_cover_string_tl,\c_@@_artistic_director_string_tl,\c_@@_editorial_heading_string_tl,\c_@@_toc_string_tl,\c_@@_message_string_tl,\c_@@_president_signatory_string_tl,\c_@@_editorinchief_signatory_string_tl,\c_@@_issue_bib_file_tl,\c_@@_about_frontcover_string_tl,\c_@@_credit_frontcover_string_tl,\c_@@_authors_instructions_string_tl}
% For the journal's short and long titles.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl {Gazette}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_journal_title_string_tl {
- \c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl{}~des~Math\'ematiciens%
+ \c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl{}~ de~ la~ Soci\'et\'e~ Math\'ematique~ de~ France
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1383,11 +1513,11 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the editor in chief.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorinchief_string_tl {R\'edacteur~en~chef }
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorinchief_string_tl {R\'edacteur~ en~ chef }
% \end{macrocode}
% For the editors in chief (plural form of the previous one).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorsinchief_string_tl {R\'edacteurs~en~chef }
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorsinchief_string_tl {R\'edacteurs~ en~ chef }
% \end{macrocode}
% For the editors.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1395,15 +1525,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the editorial board.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorial_board_string_tl {Comit\'e~de~r\'edaction}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorial_board_string_tl {Comit\'e~ de~ r\'edaction}
% \end{macrocode}
-% For the editorial board of special_edition.
+% For the editorial board of special edition.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_editorial_board_string_tl {Num\'ero~sp\'ecial~de~la~Gazette~des~Math\'ematiciens~sous~la~direction~de~:}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_editorial_board_string_tl {
+ Num\'ero~ sp\'ecial~ de~ la~ Gazette~ de~ la~ Soci\'et\'e~ Math\'ematique~ de~
+ France~ sous~ la~ direction~ de~ :
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the editorial_secretariat.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorial_secretariat_string_tl {Secr\'etariat~de~r\'edaction}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorial_secretariat_string_tl {Secr\'etariat~ de~ r\'edaction}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the phone.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1419,7 +1552,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the publishing director.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_publishingdirector_string_tl {Directeur~de~la~publication}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_publishingdirector_string_tl {Directeur~ de~ la~ publication}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the \textsc{issn}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1431,7 +1564,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For "\LaTeX Class".
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_latexclass_string_tl {Classe~\LaTeX{}}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_latexclass_string_tl {Classe~ \LaTeX{}}
% \end{macrocode}
% For "Impression".
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1443,7 +1576,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the artistic director.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_artistic_director_string_tl {Conception~graphique}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_artistic_director_string_tl {Conception~ graphique}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the editorial.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1457,7 +1590,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the editor in chief.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorinchief_signatory_string_tl {\c_@@_editorinchief_string_tl~de~la~\c_@@_journal_title_string_tl}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorinchief_signatory_string_tl {
+ \c_@@_editorinchief_string_tl~ de~ la~ \c_@@_journal_title_string_tl
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the table of contents.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1465,25 +1600,25 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the president message.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_president_message_string_tl {Mot~du~pr\'esident}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_president_message_string_tl {Mot~ du~ pr\'esident}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the president.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_president_signatory_string_tl {pr\'esident~de~la~\g_@@_smf_short_string_tl}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_president_signatory_string_tl {pr\'esident~ de~ la~ \g_@@_smf_short_string_tl}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the date of the editor in chief's message.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorinchief_message_date_string_tl {Le~\displaydate{@@_editorinchief_message_date}}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_editorinchief_message_date_string_tl {Le~ \displaydate{@@_editorinchief_message_date}}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the date of the president's message.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_president_message_date_string_tl {Le~}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_president_message_date_string_tl {Le~ }
% \end{macrocode}
% For the special editions.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_string_tl {\c_space_tl{}sp{\'e}cial}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_long_special_edition_string_tl {Numéro\c_@@_special_edition_string_tl}%
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_short_special_edition_string_tl {\No{}\c_@@_special_edition_string_tl}%
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_long_special_edition_string_tl {Numéro\c_@@_special_edition_string_tl}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_short_special_edition_string_tl {\No{}\c_@@_special_edition_string_tl}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the front cover header text.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1501,14 +1636,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\textendash{}
\c_space_tl
\No
- \int_use:N\g_@@_issue_number_int%
+ \int_use:N\g_@@_issue_number_int
}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the graphics extensions.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\clist_const:Nn \c_@@__graphics_extensions_clist {png,PNG,jpg,JPG,jpeg,JPEG,pdf,PDF}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_graphics_extensions_clist {png,PNG,jpg,JPG,jpeg,JPEG,pdf,PDF}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the pdftitle text.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1558,7 +1693,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% For the name and path of the images directory.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_images_directory_string_tl {images}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_issue_images_path_string_tl {% \c_@@_issue_path_string_tl/
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_issue_images_path_string_tl {
\c_@@_images_directory_string_tl}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the name of the file containing the image of the current issue's front cover.
@@ -1568,17 +1703,23 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% For the name of the file containing the text of the current issue's back cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_issue_backcover_text_file_string_tl {backcover}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_backcover_page_file_string_tl {\c_@@_backmatter_directory_string_tl/\c_@@_issue_backcover_text_file_string_tl}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_backcover_page_file_string_tl {
+ \c_@@_backmatter_directory_string_tl/\c_@@_issue_backcover_text_file_string_tl
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the name of the file containing the text of the special issue's abstract back cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_backcover_text_file_string_tl {abstract_backcover}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_backcover_page_file_string_tl {\c_@@_backmatter_directory_string_tl/\c_@@_special_edition_backcover_text_file_string_tl}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_backcover_page_file_string_tl {
+ \c_@@_backmatter_directory_string_tl/\c_@@_special_edition_backcover_text_file_string_tl
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the name of the file of the special issue's picture back cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_backcover_picture_string_tl {picture_backcover}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_backcover_page_picture_string_tl {\c_@@_backmatter_directory_string_tl/\c_@@_special_edition_backcover_picture_string_tl}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_special_edition_backcover_page_picture_string_tl {
+ \c_@@_backmatter_directory_string_tl/\c_@@_special_edition_backcover_picture_string_tl
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the name of the file containing the acronyms.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1591,7 +1732,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the few words about the front cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_about_frontcover_string_tl {\`A~propos~de~la~couverture.}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_about_frontcover_string_tl {\`A~ propos~ de~ la~ couverture.}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the credit of the front cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1599,16 +1740,16 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the authors instructions.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_authors_instructions_string_tl {Instructions~aux~auteurs}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_authors_instructions_string_tl {Instructions~ aux~ auteurs}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the preliminary versions sent to authors for checking.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_preliminary_version_string_tl {%
- Ce~document~est~une~{\'e}preuve~vous~permettant~de~contr{\^o}ler~l'int{\'e}grit{\'e}~du~
- texte~d'origine~(et~de~la~bibliographie~s'il~y~en~a~une)~de~votre~article~
- {\`a}~para{\^\i}tre~dans~le~prochain~num{\'e}ro~de~la~\gzt*{}.~La~mise~en~page~
- actuelle~n'est~pas~d{\'e}finitive\,:~votre~article~pourra~en~particulier~ne~pas~
- d{\'e}buter~en~haut~d'une~page.%
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_preliminary_version_string_tl {
+ Ce~ document~ est~ une~ {\'e}preuve~ vous~ permettant~ de~ contr{\^o}ler~ l'int{\'e}grit{\'e}~ du~
+ texte~ d'origine~ (et~ de~ la~ bibliographie~ s'il~ y~ en~ a~ une)~ de~ votre~ article~
+ {\`a}~ para{\^\i}tre~ dans~ le~ prochain~ num{\'e}ro~ de~ la~ \gzt*{}.~ La~ mise~ en~ page~
+ actuelle~ n'est~ pas~ d{\'e}finitive\,:~ votre~ article~ pourra~ en~ particulier~ ne~ pas~
+ d{\'e}buter~ en~ haut~ d'une~ page.
}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the string that preceeds the title in the \enquote{Tell me} rubric.
@@ -1638,9 +1779,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_mathematics_rubric_string_tl {Math\'ematiques}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_dossier_rubric_string_tl {Dossier}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_community_rubric_string_tl {Vie~de~la~communaut\'e}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_community_rubric_string_tl {Vie~ de~ la~ communaut\'e}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_interview_rubric_string_tl {Entretien}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_teaching_rubric_string_tl {Diffusion~des~savoirs}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_teaching_rubric_string_tl {Diffusion~ des~ savoirs}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_parity_rubric_string_tl {Parit\'e}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_tellme_rubric_string_tl {Raconte-moi}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_information_rubric_string_tl {Information}
@@ -1648,42 +1789,20 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_tribute_rubric_string_tl {Carnet}
% \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_books_rubric_string_tl {Recension}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_books_rubric_string_tl {Livres}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_latex_rubric_string_tl {Astuces~\LaTeX{}}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_forum_rubric_string_tl {Tribune~libre}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_published_with_help_of_string_tl {Publi\'e~avec~le~concours~de~:}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_latex_rubric_string_tl {Astuces~ \LaTeX{}}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_forum_rubric_string_tl {Tribune~ libre}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_published_with_help_of_string_tl {Publi\'e~ avec~ le~ concours~ de~ :}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_advertisement_directory_string_tl {advertisement/}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_advertisement_string_tl {Publicit\'e}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_moralreport_rubric_string_tl {Rapport~moral}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_moralreport_rubric_string_tl {Rapport~ moral}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% For the long and short forms of \textsc{smf}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_smf_short_string_tl {\textsc{smf}}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_smf_short_pdf_string_tl {SMF}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_smf_string_tl {Soci\'et\'e~Math\'ematique~de~France}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_smf_string_tl {Soci\'et\'e~ Math\'ematique~ de~ France}
% \end{macrocode}
% For the long and short forms of \enquote{c'est-à-dire} and
% \enquote{C'est-à-dire} (\enquote{that is} and \enquote{That is}).
@@ -1705,8 +1824,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\text_uppercase:n { \c_@@_moralreport_rubric_string_tl }
}{
\text_uppercase:n {\c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl}
- \bool_if:nF { \g_@@_inside_frontcover_bool || \g_@@_backmatter_bool || {\int_compare_p:nNn {\g_@@_issue_number_int}={0}} }
- {
+ \bool_if:nF {
+ \g_@@_inside_frontcover_bool || \g_@@_backmatter_bool ||
+ {\int_compare_p:nNn {\g_@@_issue_number_int}={0}}
+ }{
\c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl
\l_@@_uppercased_date_format\displaydate{@@_date}
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
@@ -1721,7 +1842,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the name of the file containing the \textsc{smf} logo.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \file_if_exist:nTF { logo_SMF.pdf }{%
+ \file_if_exist:nTF { logo_SMF.pdf }{
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl {logo_SMF}
}{
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl {example-image}
@@ -1744,7 +1865,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% For the interview title.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_interview_title_string_tl {En~apart\'e~avec~}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_interview_title_string_tl {En~ apart\'e~ avec~ }
% \end{macrocode}
% For the asides opening and eventuelly closing punctuation marks.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1760,43 +1881,29 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\int_compare:nNnT {\g_@@_issue_number_int}={0} {
\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl
\IfLanguageName{french}{
- Compil\'e~le~
+ Compil\'e~ le~
}{
- Compiled~on~
+ Compiled~ on~
}
\today
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% % \begin{macro}{smf}
-% % \begin{macro}{issn}
-% % \begin{macro}{isbn}
-% % \begin{macro}{cv}
+% % \begin{macro}{smf,issn,isbn,cv}
% % \begin{macrocode}
-% \newacronym{smf}{smf}{\c_@@_smf_string_tl}%
-% \newacronym{issn}{issn}{International Standard Serial Number}%
-% \newacronym{isbn}{isbn}{International Standard Book Number}%
-% \newacronym{cv}{cv}{curriculum vit\ae}%
+% \newacronym{smf}{smf}{\c_@@_smf_string_tl}
+% \newacronym{issn}{issn}{International Standard Serial Number}
+% \newacronym{isbn}{isbn}{International Standard Book Number}
+% \newacronym{cv}{cv}{curriculum vit\ae}
% \end{macrocode}
% % \end{macro}
-% % \end{macro}
-% % \end{macro}
-% % \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Booleans}
+% \subsubsection{Booleans}
%
% We now declare the booleans that will be used.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_frontcover_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_inside_frontcover_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_inside_backcover_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_frontmatter_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_rubric_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_interview_rubric_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_mainmatter_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_backmatter_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_backcover_bool}
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_frontcover_bool,\g_@@_inside_frontcover_bool,\g_@@_inside_backcover_bool,\g_@@_frontmatter_bool,\g_@@_rubric_bool,\g_@@_interview_rubric_bool,\g_@@_mainmatter_bool,\g_@@_backmatter_bool,\g_@@_backcover_bool}
% The following booleans will be used to test wheter we are respectively in the
% front cover, in the inside front cover, in the frontmatter, in (first page
% of) a rubric, in the mainmatter.
@@ -1816,14 +1923,6 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\bool_new:N \g_@@_frontcover_without_minitoc_bool
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_previous_article_with_bibliography_or_minibio_bool}
% The following boolean will be used to test, for a given (not first) article
@@ -1845,7 +1944,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_multicols_bool}
% The following boolean will be used to test wheter we are inside
-% a \pkg{multicol}'s "multicols" environment.
+% a \pkg{multicol}'s ×multicols× environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \g_@@_multicols_bool
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1853,20 +1952,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_refsection_bool}
% The following boolean will be used to test wheter we are inside
-% a \pkg{biblatex}'s "refsection" environment.
+% a \pkg{biblatex}'s ×refsection× environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \g_@@_refsection_bool
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Dimensions}
+% \subsubsection{Dimensions}
%
-% \subsubsection{Geometry of the page}
+% \paragraph{Geometry of the page}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_rubrics_head_text_abstract_width_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_rubrics_head_text_no_abstract_width_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_rubrics_head_text_width_dim}
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim,\c_@@_rubrics_head_text_abstract_width_dim,\c_@@_rubrics_head_text_no_abstract_width_dim,\l_@@_rubrics_head_text_width_dim}
% We declare the constant (default) dimensions of the boxes containing the
% abstract and head text rubrics.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1877,21 +1973,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\dim_new:N \l_@@_rubrics_head_text_width_dim
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_offset_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_paperheight_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_paperwidth_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_topmargin_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_headsep_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_botmargin_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_innermargin_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_outermargin_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_footskip_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_header_line_width_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim}
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_offset_dim,\c_@@_paperheight_dim,\c_@@_paperwidth_dim,\c_@@_topmargin_dim,\c_@@_headsep_dim,\c_@@_botmargin_dim,\c_@@_innermargin_dim,\c_@@_outermargin_dim,\c_@@_footskip_dim,\c_@@_header_line_width_dim,\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim}
% We first declare the default page layout constant dimensions.
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_layoutheight_dim { 270mm}
@@ -1899,14 +1982,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We define a \enquote{printer} layout offset dimension
-% "\c_@@_printer_layoutoffset_dim", fixed by the printer to be \SI{5}{\mm}.
+% ×\c_@@_printer_layoutoffset_dim×, fixed by the printer to be \SI{5}{\mm}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_printer_layoutoffset_dim { 5mm}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We define a \enquote{potential} layout offset dimension which is non-zero (and
% the equal to \enquote{printer} layout offset dimension) iff the output is
-% prepared for the printer ("\g_@@_for_printer_bool" flag equals true).
+% prepared for the printer (×\g_@@_for_printer_bool× flag equals true).
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_for_printer_bool} {
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim { \c_@@_printer_layoutoffset_dim}
@@ -1916,7 +1999,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We define a \enquote{printer} binding dimension
-% "\c_@@_printer_bindingoffset_dim", fixed by the printer to have different
+% ×\c_@@_printer_bindingoffset_dim×, fixed by the printer to have different
% values depending on some total pages thresholds. If the binding dimension is
% denoted by $b$ (and expressed in millimeters) and the total page number of the
% document\footnote{Except cover pages, that is the \enquote{real} total page
@@ -1954,15 +2037,15 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% In order to know the total pages number of the document (store in
-% "\g_@@_total_page_number_int"), we need first to specify the
+% ×\g_@@_total_page_number_int×), we need first to specify the
% \enquote{external} document whom \File{.aux} will be read.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\int_new:N \g_@@_total_pages_number_int%
-\int_new:N \g_@@_total_inside_pages_number_int%
-\zexternaldocument[self]{\jobname}%
+\int_new:N \g_@@_total_pages_number_int
+\int_new:N \g_@@_total_inside_pages_number_int
+\zexternaldocument[self]{\jobname}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We extract the total pages number thanks to "\zref@extractdefault" from
+% We extract the total pages number thanks to ×\zref@extractdefault× from
% \Package{zref-totpages}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_gset:Nn \g_@@_total_pages_number_int { \zref@extractdefault{selfLastPage}{abspage}{0} }
@@ -1970,7 +2053,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The \enquote{printer} binding dimension is now store in
-% "\c_@@_printer_bindingoffset_dim" following \vref{binding}.
+% ×\c_@@_printer_bindingoffset_dim× following \vref{binding}.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_compare:nNnTF {\g_@@_total_inside_pages_number_int}<{\c_@@_thresold_a_int}
@@ -2006,9 +2089,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% The binding offset is applied iff the front cover is required ("frontcover"
+% The binding offset is applied iff the front cover is required (×frontcover×
% option), which implies the output is prepared for the printer, with non-zero
-% offset ("\g_@@_for_printer_bool" flag equals true).
+% offset (×\g_@@_for_printer_bool× flag equals true).
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_cover_bool} {
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim { \c_@@_printer_bindingoffset_dim }
@@ -2095,14 +2178,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_footskip_dim { 26mm}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Inner margins of the initial issue (\#~143) were too small. We make them
-% definitively bigger as of \SI{5}{\milli\meter} ("\c_@@_extra_margin_dim") and
+% Inner margins of the initial issue (\#~ 143) were too small. We make them
+% definitively bigger as of \SI{5}{\milli\meter} (×\c_@@_extra_margin_dim×) and
% make the outer margins smaller of the same dimension.
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_extra_margin_dim { 5mm }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_innermargin_dim { 15mm - \c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim + \c_@@_extra_margin_dim}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_outermargin_dim { 30mm - \c_@@_extra_margin_dim }
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim { 165mm }%
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim { 165mm }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_innermargin_inside_cover_dim {
(\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim - \c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim)/2
- \c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
@@ -2117,66 +2200,56 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_topmargin_backcover_dim { \c_@@_innermargin_backcover_dim }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_bottommargin_backcover_dim { \c_@@_innermargin_backcover_dim }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_frontcover_image_height_dim { 160mm}
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_radius_arc_dim { 85mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_xshift_dim { 19mm }%
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_radius_arc_dim { 85mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_xshift_dim { 19mm }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_o_xshift_dim {
- -\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_xshift_dim -\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim%
-}%
+ -\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_xshift_dim -\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
+}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_e_xshift_dim {
- \c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_xshift_dim +\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim%
-}%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_yshift_dim { -6.5mm-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }%
+ \c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_xshift_dim +\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
+}
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_yshift_dim { -6.5mm-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_header_line_width_dim { 0.25mm}
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim { -1mm-\c_@@_header_line_width_dim}%
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim { -1mm-\c_@@_header_line_width_dim}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_footer_background_height_dim { 10mm + \c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_front_matter_extra_innermargin_dim { 28mm }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_front_matter_extra_outermargin_dim { 7mm }
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_offset_dim { \c_zero_dim }%
-% \dim_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_offset_dim { 7.5mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_pictogram_width_dim { 23mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_header_xshift_dim { \c_@@_pictogram_width_dim-6mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_header_yshift_dim { 5mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_xshift_arccircle_A_dim { \c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim+\c_@@_innermargin_dim+10mm+\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_yshift_arccircle_A_dim { -22mm-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_xshift_arccircle_B_dim {%
- (\c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim+\c_@@_innermargin_dim)/2%
- % \c_@@_innermargin_dim+(\c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim/2)%
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_offset_dim { \c_zero_dim }
+% \dim_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_offset_dim { 7.5mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_pictogram_width_dim { 23mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_header_xshift_dim { \c_@@_pictogram_width_dim-6mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_header_yshift_dim { 5mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_xshift_arccircle_A_dim {
+ \c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim+\c_@@_innermargin_dim+10mm+\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
+}
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_yshift_arccircle_A_dim { -22mm-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_xshift_arccircle_B_dim {
+ (\c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim+\c_@@_innermargin_dim)/2
+ % \c_@@_innermargin_dim+(\c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim/2)
% \c_@@_xshift_arccircle_A_dim/2
-}%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_yshift_arccircle_B_dim { -\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_xshift_arccircle_C_dim { \c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim-5mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_yshift_arccircle_C_dim { -19.75mm-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_book_review_frontcover_extend_dim { 12mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_tcb_left_dim { 4mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_tcb_boxsep_dim { 1mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_tikz_dot_diameter_dim { 0.33mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_tikz_dot_spacing_dim { 1.05mm }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_rubric_extra_xoffset_dim { -\c_@@_innermargin_dim/2 }%
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_rubric_xoffset_dim { 14.5mm }%
+}
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_yshift_arccircle_B_dim { -\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_xshift_arccircle_C_dim { \c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim-5mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_yshift_arccircle_C_dim { -19.75mm-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_book_review_frontcover_extend_dim { 12mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_tcb_left_dim { 4mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_tcb_boxsep_dim { 1mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_tikz_dot_diameter_dim { 0.33mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_tikz_dot_spacing_dim { 1.05mm }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_rubric_extra_xoffset_dim { -\c_@@_innermargin_dim/2 }
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_rubric_xoffset_dim { 14.5mm }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_boxed_issue_number_width_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_boxed_issue_number_height_dim}
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_boxed_issue_number_width_dim,\c_@@_boxed_issue_number_height_dim}
% We declare the constant dimensions of the box containing the issue number.
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_boxed_issue_number_width_dim { 30mm}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_boxed_issue_number_height_dim { 8mm}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\l_thumbnail_width_dim}
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_thumbnail_width_dim}
% We declare the width of the possible thumbnail glued to the box containing
% the issue number.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2204,12 +2277,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_minitoc_circle_diameter_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_minitoc_textwidth_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_minitoc_xshift_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_minitoc_yshift_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_xshift_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_yshift_dim}
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_minitoc_circle_diameter_dim,\g_@@_minitoc_textwidth_dim,\g_@@_minitoc_xshift_dim,\g_@@_minitoc_yshift_dim,\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_xshift_dim,\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_yshift_dim}
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_new:N \g_@@_minitoc_circle_diameter_dim
\dim_new:N \g_@@_minitoc_textwidth_dim
@@ -2223,11 +2291,6 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_yshift_dim {-\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_xshift_dim}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_footer_height_font_dim}
% We declare the height of the font displayed in the footer.
@@ -2253,7 +2316,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% We set the default geometry of the page.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\geometry{%
+\geometry{
papersize={\c_@@_paperwidth_dim,\c_@@_paperheight_dim}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2261,7 +2324,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% We create a constant token list that contains the geometry of the front cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_cover_bool} {
- \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_frontcover_geometry_tl {%
+ \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_frontcover_geometry_tl {
,layoutsize={\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim,\c_@@_layoutheight_dim}
,layoutvoffset=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
,bindingoffset=\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
@@ -2273,10 +2336,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
,footskip=\c_zero_dim
,outer=\c_zero_dim
,inner=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
- ,nomarginpar%
- }%
+ ,nomarginpar
+ }
}{
- \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_frontcover_geometry_tl {%
+ \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_frontcover_geometry_tl {
,layoutsize={\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim,\c_@@_layoutheight_dim}
,layoutoffset=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
,bindingoffset=\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
@@ -2287,8 +2350,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
,bottom=11mm
,footskip=\c_zero_dim
,hmargin=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
- ,nomarginpar%
- }%
+ ,nomarginpar
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -2296,7 +2359,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% and back covers.
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_cover_bool} {
- \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_geometry_tl {%
+ \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_geometry_tl {
,layoutsize={\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim,\c_@@_layoutheight_dim}
,layoutvoffset=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
,bindingoffset=\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
@@ -2307,10 +2370,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim
,inner=\c_@@_innermargin_inside_cover_dim-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
,outer=\c_@@_outermargin_inside_cover_dim+\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
- ,nomarginpar%
- }%
+ ,nomarginpar
+ }
}{
- \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_geometry_tl {%
+ \tl_const:Nn \c_@@_inside_cover_geometry_tl {
,layoutsize={\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim,\c_@@_layoutheight_dim}
,layoutoffset=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
,bindingoffset=\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
@@ -2321,52 +2384,52 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim
,inner=\c_@@_innermargin_inside_cover_dim
,outer=\c_@@_outermargin_inside_cover_dim
- ,nomarginpar%
- }%
+ ,nomarginpar
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We create a constant token list that contains the geometry of the front matter.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_front_matter_geometry_tl {%
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_front_matter_geometry_tl {
,layoutsize={\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim,\c_@@_layoutheight_dim}
,layoutoffset=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
% ,bindingoffset=\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
- ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_front_matter_dim%
+ ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_front_matter_dim
,headheight=\c_@@_headheight_dim
,headsep=\c_@@_headsep_front_matter_dim
,bottom=\c_@@_botmargin_dim
- ,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim%
- ,inner=\c_@@_innermargin_dim+\c_@@_front_matter_extra_innermargin_dim%
- ,outer=\c_@@_outermargin_dim+\c_@@_front_matter_extra_outermargin_dim%
- ,nomarginpar%
-}%
+ ,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim
+ ,inner=\c_@@_innermargin_dim+\c_@@_front_matter_extra_innermargin_dim
+ ,outer=\c_@@_outermargin_dim+\c_@@_front_matter_extra_outermargin_dim
+ ,nomarginpar
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We create a constant token list that contains the geometry of the main pages.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_main_geometry_tl {%
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_main_geometry_tl {
,layoutsize={\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim,\c_@@_layoutheight_dim}
,layoutoffset=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
% ,bindingoffset=\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
- ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_dim-15mm%
+ ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_dim-15mm
,headheight=\c_@@_headheight_dim
,headsep=\c_@@_headsep_dim-18mm
,bottom=\c_@@_botmargin_dim
,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim
,inner=\c_@@_innermargin_dim
,outer=\c_@@_outermargin_dim
-}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We create a constant token list that contains the geometry of the back cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_backcover_geometry_tl {%
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_backcover_geometry_tl {
,layoutsize={\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim,\c_@@_layoutheight_dim}
,layoutoffset=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim
% ,bindingoffset=\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
- ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_backcover_dim%
- % ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_dim-15mm%
+ ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_backcover_dim
+ % ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_dim-15mm
% ,headheight=\c_@@_headheight_dim
% ,headsep=\c_@@_headsep_dim-18mm
,bottom=\c_@@_bottommargin_backcover_dim
@@ -2379,23 +2442,21 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Skips}
+% \subsubsection{Skips}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\skip_const:Nn \c_@@_editorial_presidentmessage_parskip_skip { 12pt plus 2pt minus .8pt }%
-\skip_const:Nn \c_@@_mainmatter_parskip_skip { 2pt plus .5pt minus .2pt }%
+\skip_const:Nn \c_@@_editorial_presidentmessage_parskip_skip { 12pt plus 2pt minus .8pt }
+\skip_const:Nn \c_@@_mainmatter_parskip_skip { 2pt plus .5pt minus .2pt }
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Options}
+% \subsection{Options}
%
% In this section, options used by some of the document commands defined by the
% class are treated.
%
-% \subsection{Issues options}
+% \subsubsection{Issues options}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_issue_number_int}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_issue_month_int}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_issue_year_int}
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_issue_number_int,\g_@@_issue_month_int,\g_@@_issue_year_int}
% Some variables which are involved in options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \g_@@_issue_number_int
@@ -2404,12 +2465,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tl_new:N \g_@@_frontcover_image_options_tl
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{number}
-% \begin{macro}{month}
-% \begin{macro}{year}
+% \begin{macro}{number,month,year}
% The keys options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { gzt/issuesetup }
@@ -2426,32 +2483,23 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
year .value_required:n = true,
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% If "number" option is not used, its initial value is set to $0$.
+% If ×number× option is not used, its initial value is set to $0$.
% number.
% \begin{macrocode}
number .initial:n = 0,
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% The options of the front cover image could be set within "\issuesetup"'s
+% The options of the front cover image could be set within ×\issuesetup×'s
% argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
frontcoverimageoptions .tl_gset:N = \g_@@_frontcover_image_options_tl
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Journal options}
+% \subsubsection{Journal options}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_publisher_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_address_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_phone_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_fax_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_email_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_url_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_issn_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_isbn_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_journal_publisher_tl,\l_@@_journal_address_tl,\l_@@_journal_phone_tl,\l_@@_journal_fax_tl,\l_@@_journal_email_tl,\l_@@_journal_url_tl,\l_@@_journal_issn_tl,\l_@@_journal_isbn_tl}
% Some variables which are involved in options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_journal_publisher_tl
@@ -2464,22 +2512,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tl_new:N \l_@@_journal_isbn_tl
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{publisher}
-% \begin{macro}{address}
-% \begin{macro}{phone}
-% \begin{macro}{fax}
-% \begin{macro}{email}
-% \begin{macro}{url}
-% \begin{macro}{issn}
-% \begin{macro}{isbn}
+% \begin{macro}{publisher,address,phone,fax,email,url,issn,isbn}
% The keys options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { gzt/journalsetup }
@@ -2507,26 +2541,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Titles options}
+% \subsubsection{Titles options}
%
-% \begin{macro}{shorttitle}
-% \begin{macro}{minishorttitle}
-% \begin{macro}{notintoc}
+% \begin{macro}{shorttitle,minishorttitle,notintoc}
% Some keys options for article's title are created:
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item "shorttitle" for the possible alternative title to appear in the table
+% \item ×shorttitle× for the possible alternative title to appear in the table
% of contents and in the headers,
-% \item "minishorttitle" for the possible alternative title to appear in the
+% \item ×minishorttitle× for the possible alternative title to appear in the
% mini table of contents of the front cover,
-% \item "notintoc", a flag that, if true, prevents the title to appear in the
+% \item ×notintoc×, a flag that, if true, prevents the title to appear in the
% table of contents.
% \end{itemize}
%
@@ -2545,21 +2570,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Subtitles options}
+% \subsubsection{Subtitles options}
%
-% \begin{macro}{shortsubtitle}
-% \begin{macro}{minishortsubtitle}
-% \begin{macro}{notintoc}
+% \begin{macro}{shortsubtitle,minishortsubtitle,notintoc}
% Some keys options for article's title are created:
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item "shorttitle" for the possible alternative title to appear in the table
+% \item ×shorttitle× for the possible alternative title to appear in the table
% of contents and in the headers,
-% \item "minishorttitle" for the possible alternative title to appear in the
+% \item ×minishorttitle× for the possible alternative title to appear in the
% mini table of contents of the front cover,
-% \item "notintoc", a flag that, if true, prevents the title to appear in the
+% \item ×notintoc×, a flag that, if true, prevents the title to appear in the
% table of contents.
% \end{itemize}
%
@@ -2578,10 +2599,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Rubrics options}
+% \subsubsection{Rubrics options}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { gzt/rubric }
@@ -2598,15 +2617,12 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
pictogram .value_required:n = true,
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Minitoc options}
+% \subsubsection{Minitoc options}
%
% \begin{macro}{list}
-% A "list" (boolean) key option for "minitoc" environment is created: if true,
-% "minitoc" should contains "\item" just as a list and the resulting list will be
+% A ×list× (boolean) key option for ×minitoc× environment is created: if true,
+% ×minitoc× should contains ×\item× just as a list and the resulting list will be
% typeset in a special way.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2630,13 +2646,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Authors options}
+% \subsubsection{Authors options}
%
-% \begin{macro}{affiliation}
-% \begin{macro}{email}
-% \begin{macro}{minibio}
-% \begin{macro}{photo}
-% \begin{macro}{webpage}
+% \begin{macro}{affiliation,email,minibio,photo,webpage}
% The keys options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { gzt/authors }
@@ -2658,16 +2670,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Interviewee options}
+% \subsubsection{Interviewee options}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_interviewee_minibio_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_interviewee_photo_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_interviewee_first_last_name_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_interviewee_minibio_tl,\g_@@_interviewee_photo_tl,\g_@@_interviewee_first_last_name_tl}
% Some variables which are involved in options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_interviewee_minibio_tl
@@ -2675,11 +2681,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tl_new:N \g_@@_interviewee_first_last_name_tl
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{minibio}
-% \begin{macro}{photo}
+% \begin{macro}{minibio,photo}
% The keys options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { gzt/interviewees }
@@ -2695,22 +2698,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Book review options}
+% \subsubsection{Book review options}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_bookreview_frontcover_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_bookreview_bibkey_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_bookreview_frontcover_tl,\g_@@_bookreview_bibkey_tl}
% Some variables which are involved in books reviews are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_bookreview_frontcover_tl
\tl_new:N \g_@@_bookreview_bibkey_tl
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{frontcover}
-% \begin{macro}{bibkey}
+% \begin{macro}{frontcover,bibkey}
% The keys options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { gzt/bookreview }
@@ -2726,22 +2725,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Book advertisement options}
+% \subsubsection{Book advertisement options}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_bookadvertisement_frontcover_tl}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_bookadvertisement_bibkey_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_bookadvertisement_frontcover_tl,\g_@@_bookadvertisement_bibkey_tl}
% Some variables which are involved in books advertisements are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_bookadvertisement_frontcover_tl
\tl_new:N \g_@@_bookadvertisement_bibkey_tl
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{frontcover}
-% \begin{macro}{bibkey}
+% \begin{macro}{frontcover,bibkey}
% The keys options are created.
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { gzt/bookadvertisement }
@@ -2757,9 +2752,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{New theorem options}
+% \subsubsection{New theorem options}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_newtheorem_style_tl
@@ -2769,23 +2763,19 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
englishtitle .tl_set:N = \l_@@_newtheorem_englishtitle_tl,
frenchtitle .value_required:n = true,
englishtitle .value_required:n = true,
- %
style .choice:,
style / theorem .code:n = {\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_newtheorem_style_tl {theorem}},
style / definition .code:n = {\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_newtheorem_style_tl {definition}},
style / proof .code:n = {\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_newtheorem_style_tl {proof}},
style / unknown .code:n =
\msg_error:nnxxx { gzt } { unknown-choice }
- { style } % Name of choice key
- { theorem~or~definition~or~proof } % Valid choices
- { \exp_not:n {#1} } % Invalid choice given
+ { style }
+ { theorem~ or~ definition~ or~ proof }
+ { \exp_not:n {#1} }
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{Colors}
+% \subsection{Colors}
%
% In this section, we define the colors that will be used by the class and by
% the source file of the logo.
@@ -2857,9 +2847,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Miscellaneous patches}
+% \subsection{Miscellaneous patches}
%
-% We patch the \pkg{biblatex}'s "refsection" environment definition by adding
+% We patch the \pkg{biblatex}'s ×refsection× environment definition by adding
% a flag that will be used to test wheter we are inside such an environment or
% not.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2877,12 +2867,12 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Miscellaneous token lists}
+% \subsection{Miscellaneous token lists}
%
% We define a token list that will display the font of footer at the right size.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_footer_size_font_tl {
- \fontsize{\c_@@_footer_height_font_dim}{\c_zero_dim}\selectfont%
+ \fontsize{\c_@@_footer_height_font_dim}{\c_zero_dim}\selectfont
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -2894,18 +2884,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \cs_if_exist:cTF {texorpdfstring}
% {
\texorpdfstring{\c_@@_smf_short_string_tl}{\c_@@_smf_short_pdf_string_tl}
- % }{%
+ % }{
% \c_@@_smf_short_pdf_string_tl
- % }%
+ % }
}
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_smf_string_tl {
% \cs_if_exist:cTF {texorpdfstring}
% {
- % \texorpdfstring{Soci\'et\'e~Math\'ematique~de~France}{\c_@@_smf_string_tl}
+ % \texorpdfstring{Soci\'et\'e~ Math\'ematique~ de~ France}{\c_@@_smf_string_tl}
\c_@@_smf_string_tl
- % }{%
+ % }{
% \acrlong*{smf}
- % }%
+ % }
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -2917,17 +2907,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\cs_if_exist:cTF {texorpdfstring}
{
\texorpdfstring{\emph{\c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl}}{\c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl}
- }{%
+ }{
\emph{\c_@@_journal_short_title_string_tl}
- }%
+ }
}
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_gzt_string_tl {
\cs_if_exist:cTF {texorpdfstring}
{
\texorpdfstring{\emph{\c_@@_journal_title_string_tl}}{\c_@@_journal_title_string_tl}
- }{%
+ }{
\emph{\c_@@_journal_title_string_tl}
- }%
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -2941,10 +2931,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_pdfauthor_string_tl {
\g_@@_smf_string_tl
}
-\AddToHook{begindocument/before}{%
- \hypersetup{%
+\AddToHook{begindocument/before}{
+ \hypersetup{
pdftitle=\g_@@_pdftitle_string_tl,
- pdfauthor=\g_@@_pdfauthor_string_tl%
+ pdfauthor=\g_@@_pdfauthor_string_tl
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2952,7 +2942,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_email:n
{
- \href{mailto:#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}%
+ \href{mailto:#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -2963,28 +2953,28 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{
\begin{tabular}[t]{p{\c_@@_authors_photos_box_width_dim}p{0.75\linewidth}}
\tl_if_empty:nF {#5}
- {%
+ {
\begin{adjustbox}{valign=t}
\includegraphics[width=\c_@@_authors_photos_width_dim]{#5}
- \end{adjustbox}%
+ \end{adjustbox}
}
&
\begin{description}[leftmargin=1em,style=nextline,nosep]
\item[\textcolor{@@_people_color}{\DeclareNameAlias{labelname}{default}\citeauthor{#1}}]
\tl_if_empty:nF {#2}
- {%
- #2%
- \par%
- \smallskip%
+ {
+ #2
+ \par
+ \smallskip
}
\tl_if_empty:nF {#3}
- {%
- \href{mailto:#3}{\nolinkurl{#3}}%
- \par%
- \smallskip%
+ {
+ \href{mailto:#3}{\nolinkurl{#3}}
+ \par
+ \smallskip
}
\tl_if_empty:nF {#4}
- {%
+ {
#4
}
\end{description}
@@ -2993,12 +2983,12 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We create a variant of this control sequence that passes the \emph{values} of the
-% variables involved (see \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/214284/18401}).
+% variables involved (see \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/214284/18401}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_display_author:nnnnn { VVVVV }
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Functions for specifiying the people involved in the journal}
+% \subsection{Functions for specifiying the people involved in the journal}
%
% For this, and thanks to \Pkg{datatool}, we create a database of
% \enquote{people} involved in the journal.
@@ -3006,22 +2996,22 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\DTLnewdb{people}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Then we create the internal "\_@@_people" function that let us populate the
-% "_@@_people" database. Each people will be identified by some identifiers:
+% Then we create the internal ×\_@@_people× function that let us populate the
+% ×_@@_people× database. Each people will be identified by some identifiers:
% speciality (optional), firstname, lastname, affiliation, email, role.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_crossref_tl
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_people:nnnnnnnn
{
- \DTLnewrow{people}%
- \DTLnewdbentry{people}{first-last-name}{#1}%
- \DTLnewdbentry{people}{affiliation}{#2}%
- \DTLnewdbentry{people}{email}{#3}%
- \DTLnewdbentry{people}{minibio}{#4}%
- \DTLnewdbentry{people}{photo}{#5}%
- \DTLnewdbentry{people}{speciality}{#6}%
- \DTLnewdbentry{people}{role}{#7}%
- \DTLnewdbentry{people}{webpage}{#8}%
+ \DTLnewrow{people}
+ \DTLnewdbentry{people}{first-last-name}{#1}
+ \DTLnewdbentry{people}{affiliation}{#2}
+ \DTLnewdbentry{people}{email}{#3}
+ \DTLnewdbentry{people}{minibio}{#4}
+ \DTLnewdbentry{people}{photo}{#5}
+ \DTLnewdbentry{people}{speciality}{#6}
+ \DTLnewdbentry{people}{role}{#7}
+ \DTLnewdbentry{people}{webpage}{#8}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3036,7 +3026,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_crossref_tl {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl}
}
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl {#1}
- \iow_now:Nx \g_@@_bib_out_iow {%
+ \iow_now:Nx \g_@@_bib_out_iow {
@article{
\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -#7- \int_use:c {g_@@_#7_int},
\iow_newline:
@@ -3048,18 +3038,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\iow_newline:
}
\iow_newline:
- }%
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We create a variant of this control sequence that passes the \emph{values} of
% the variables involved (see
-% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/214284/18401}).
+% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/214284/18401}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \_@@_people:nnnnnnnn { nVVVVnxV }
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Functions for displaying \enquote{academic} signatures of articles
+% \subsection{Functions for displaying \enquote{academic} signatures of articles
% without \enquote{real} author(s)}
%
% We create a function that displays an \enquote{academic} signature for articles
@@ -3074,85 +3064,85 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Functions for displaying people involved in the journal by role}
+% \subsection{Functions for displaying people involved in the journal by role}
%
% We create the function that displays firstname and lastname of people involved
% in the journal by role.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \@@_display_people_by_role:n
{
- \DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{#1}]{people}{%
- \l_@@_firstlastname_tl=first-last-name%
- ,\l_@@_people_affiliation_tl=affiliation%
- ,\l_@@_people_email_tl=email%
- ,\l_@@_people_minibio_tl=minibio%
- ,\l_@@_people_photo_tl=photo%
- ,\l_@@_people_speciality=speciality%
- ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role%
- ,\l_@@_people_webpage_tl=webpage%
- }{%
+ \DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{#1}]{people}{
+ \l_@@_firstlastname_tl=first-last-name
+ ,\l_@@_people_affiliation_tl=affiliation
+ ,\l_@@_people_email_tl=email
+ ,\l_@@_people_minibio_tl=minibio
+ ,\l_@@_people_photo_tl=photo
+ ,\l_@@_people_speciality=speciality
+ ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role
+ ,\l_@@_people_webpage_tl=webpage
+ }{
\tl_if_in:NnTF \l_@@_people_role_tl { editor } {
\item[
- \textcolor{@@_people_color}{%
- \_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -#1- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}%
+ \textcolor{@@_people_color}{
+ \_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -#1- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}
}
- \tl_if_in:NnF \l_@@_people_speciality { NoValue } { ~(\l_@@_people_speciality) }
+ \tl_if_in:NnF \l_@@_people_speciality { NoValue } { ~ (\l_@@_people_speciality) }
]
\leavevmode
- \vbox_top:n {%
- \l_@@_people_affiliation_tl%
- \newline%
- \href{mailto:\l_@@_people_email_tl}{\nolinkurl{\l_@@_people_email_tl}}%
+ \vbox_top:n {
+ \l_@@_people_affiliation_tl
+ \newline
+ \href{mailto:\l_@@_people_email_tl}{\nolinkurl{\l_@@_people_email_tl}}
}
- \medskip%
+ \medskip
}{
\tl_if_in:NnTF \l_@@_people_role_tl { author } {
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_firstlastname_tl {
- \footnotesize%
- % \noindent%
- \DTLiffirstrow{%
+ \footnotesize
+ % \noindent
+ \DTLiffirstrow{
}{
- \DTLpar%
- \medskip%
+ \DTLpar
+ \medskip
}
\dim_set:Nn \l_@@_minibio_width_dim {\linewidth-1em - \c_@@_authors_photos_box_width_dim}
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_people_photo_tl
- {%
+ {
\dim_add:Nn \l_@@_minibio_width_dim {\c_@@_authors_photos_box_width_dim}
- }{%
+ }{
\begin{adjustbox}{valign=t,minipage=\c_@@_authors_photos_box_width_dim}
\includegraphics[width=\c_@@_authors_photos_width_dim]{\l_@@_people_photo_tl}
- \end{adjustbox}%
- \quad%
+ \end{adjustbox}
+ \quad
}
\begin{adjustbox}{valign=t,minipage=\l_@@_minibio_width_dim}
\begin{description}[leftmargin=1em,style=nextline]
- \item[%
- \textcolor{@@_people_color}{%
- \_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -#1- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}%
- }%
+ \item[
+ \textcolor{@@_people_color}{
+ \_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -#1- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}
+ }
]
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_people_affiliation_tl
- {%
- \mbox{}%
- \par%
- \vspace{-2ex}%
- \l_@@_people_affiliation_tl%
+ {
+ \mbox{}
+ \par
+ \vspace{-2ex}
+ \l_@@_people_affiliation_tl
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_people_email_tl
- {%
- \par%
- \href{mailto:\l_@@_people_email_tl}{\nolinkurl{\l_@@_people_email_tl}}%
+ {
+ \par
+ \href{mailto:\l_@@_people_email_tl}{\nolinkurl{\l_@@_people_email_tl}}
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_people_webpage_tl
- {%
- \par%
- \url{\l_@@_people_webpage_tl}%
+ {
+ \par
+ \url{\l_@@_people_webpage_tl}
}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_people_minibio_tl
- {%
- \par%
- \smallskip%
+ {
+ \par
+ \smallskip
\l_@@_people_minibio_tl
}
\end{description}
@@ -3160,7 +3150,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
}{
\_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -#1-
- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}%
+ \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_people_email_tl
{
\c_space_tl(\href{mailto:\l_@@_people_email_tl}{\nolinkurl{\l_@@_people_email_tl}})
@@ -3171,52 +3161,66 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Function for displaying a reflected text}
+% \subsection{Function for displaying a reflected text}
%
% We create the function that displays a reflected text.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \@@_reflected_text:n
{
\begin{tikzpicture}
- \tikzset{@@_reflect_node/.style={%
- anchor=base,%
- inner~sep=0,%
- line~width=0,%
+ \tikzset{@@_reflect_node/.style={
+ anchor=base,
+ inner~ sep=0,
+ line~ width=0,
font=\Huge,
- color=@@_reflected_text_color%
- }%
- }%
+ color=@@_reflected_text_color
+ }
+ }
\node[@@_reflect_node]{#1};
- \node[scope~fading=south,opacity=0.2,yscale=-1,@@_reflect_node]{#1};
+ \node[scope~ fading=south,opacity=0.2,yscale=-1,@@_reflect_node]{#1};
\end{tikzpicture}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Displaying the front cover}
+% \subsection{Displaying the front cover}
%
% We create the variable that displays the front cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_display_frontcover_tl%
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_display_frontcover_tl {%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_display_frontcover_tl
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_display_frontcover_tl {
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_frontcover_bool
- \pagenumbering{roman}%
- \pagestyle{@@_frontcover_ps}%
+ \pagenumbering{roman}
+ \pagestyle{@@_frontcover_ps}
\pagecolor{\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl}
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_frontcover_geometry_tl}%
- \noindent%
+ \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_frontcover_geometry_tl}
+ \noindent
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_cover_bool} {
\hspace*{-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim}
}{
\hspace*{-2\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim}
}
\exp_after:wN\includegraphics\exp_after:wN[\g_@@_frontcover_image_options_tl]{\g_@@_frontcover_image_file_tl}
- \begin{tikzpicture}[remember~picture, overlay]
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember~ picture, overlay]
\coordinate (@@_circle_minitoc_center) at
- ([xshift=\g_@@_minitoc_xshift_dim-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim,yshift=\g_@@_minitoc_yshift_dim+\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.south~east) ;
- \node[name=@@_circle_minitoc,shape=circle,inner~sep=\c_zero_dim,fill=\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl,text~width=\g_@@_minitoc_circle_diameter_dim] at
+ (
+ [xshift=\g_@@_minitoc_xshift_dim-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim,
+ yshift=\g_@@_minitoc_yshift_dim+\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]
+ current~ page.south~ east
+ ) ;
+ \node[
+ name=@@_circle_minitoc,
+ shape=circle,
+ inner~ sep=\c_zero_dim,
+ fill=\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl,
+ text~ width=\g_@@_minitoc_circle_diameter_dim
+ ] at
(@@_circle_minitoc_center) {};
- \node[text~width=\g_@@_minitoc_textwidth_dim,anchor=north~west] at
- ([xshift=\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_xshift_dim,yshift=\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_yshift_dim]$ (@@_circle_minitoc.north)!.5!(@@_circle_minitoc.west) $)
+ \node[text~ width=\g_@@_minitoc_textwidth_dim,anchor=north~ west] at
+ (
+ [xshift=\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_xshift_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_minitoc_from_circle_yshift_dim]
+ $ (@@_circle_minitoc.north)!.5!(@@_circle_minitoc.west) $
+ )
{
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_frontcover_without_minitoc_bool} {
\large
@@ -3230,9 +3234,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\end{tikzpicture}
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_cover_bool} {
\small
- \begin{tikzpicture}[remember~picture, overlay]
- \node[name=@@_binding_sw,inner~sep=\c_zero_dim,fill=\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl,rotate=90,anchor=west] at
- ([xshift=0.45\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim,yshift=15mm+\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.south~west) {
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember~ picture, overlay]
+ \node[
+ name=@@_binding_sw,
+ inner~ sep=\c_zero_dim,
+ fill=\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl,
+ rotate=90,anchor=west
+ ]
+ at
+ (
+ [xshift=0.45\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim,
+ yshift=15mm+\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]
+ current~ page.south~ west) {
\No
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\c_@@_special_edition_string_tl
@@ -3240,10 +3253,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\int_use:N\g_@@_issue_number_int
}
};
- \node[name=@@_binding_w,inner~sep=\c_zero_dim,fill=\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl,rotate=90] at
- ([xshift=0.45\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim]current~page.west) {
+ \node[name=@@_binding_w,inner~ sep=\c_zero_dim,fill=\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl,rotate=90] at
+ ([xshift=0.45\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim]current~ page.west) {
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
- \tl_if_exist:NTF \g_@@_special_edition_short_title_tl {%
+ \tl_if_exist:NTF \g_@@_special_edition_short_title_tl {
\g_@@_special_edition_short_title_tl
}{
\g_@@_special_edition_title_tl
@@ -3252,39 +3265,45 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\text_uppercase:n {\c_@@_journal_title_string_tl}
}
};
- \node[name=@@_binding_nw,inner~sep=\c_zero_dim,fill=\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl,rotate=90,anchor=east] at
- ([xshift=0.45\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim,yshift=-15mm-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.north~west) {
- \l_@@_uppercased_date_format\displaydate{@@_date}
- };
+ \node[name=@@_binding_nw,inner~ sep=\c_zero_dim,fill=\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl,rotate=90,anchor=east]
+ at
+ (
+ [
+ xshift=0.45\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim
+ ,yshift=-15mm-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]
+ current~ page.north~ west
+ ){
+ \l_@@_uppercased_date_format\displaydate{@@_date}
+ };
\end{tikzpicture}
}
- \vfill%
- \noindent%
- \hspace*{10mm}%
+ \vfill
+ \noindent
+ \hspace*{10mm}
\hspace*{-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim}
- \includegraphics[height=22.5mm]{\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}%
+ \includegraphics[height=22.5mm]{\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\hfill
\includegraphics[scale=1.2]{gzt-logo}
\hspace*{10mm}
}
- % \vfill%
- \clearpage%
+ % \vfill
+ \clearpage
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_frontcover_bool
\nopagecolor
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Displaying the inside front cover}
+% \subsection{Displaying the inside front cover}
%
% We create the variable that displays the inside front cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_display_inside_frontcover_tl%
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_display_inside_frontcover_tl {%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_frontcover_bool%
- \pagestyle{@@_inside_frontcover_ps}%
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_inside_cover_geometry_tl}%
- \small%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_display_inside_frontcover_tl
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_display_inside_frontcover_tl {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_frontcover_bool
+ \pagestyle{@@_inside_frontcover_ps}
+ \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_inside_cover_geometry_tl}
+ \small
\setlength{\columnseprule}{2pt}
\renewcommand{\columnseprulecolor}{\color{white}}
\begin{_@@_inside_cover_tcb}[_@@_tcb_inside_frontcover_style]
@@ -3294,7 +3313,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\begin{description}[leftmargin=1em,style=nextline,labelindent=\c_zero_dim]
\@@_display_people_by_role:n {editor}
\end{description}
- }{%
+ }{
\begin{description}[leftmargin=1em]
\item[\c_@@_editors_in_chief_string_tl] \
\begin{description}[leftmargin=1em,style=nextline,labelindent=\c_zero_dim]
@@ -3311,86 +3330,91 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\end{multicols}
\setlength{\columnseprule}{1pt}
\tcblower
- \begin{tabular}{@{}m{.75\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim}@{}m{.2\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim-2\tabcolsep}@{}}
+ \begin{tabular}{
+ @{}m{.75\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim}@{}m{.2\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim-2\tabcolsep}@{}
+ }
\begin{description}[leftmargin=1em]
- \item[\c_@@_editorial_secretariat_string_tl{}~:] \ \par%
- \l_@@_journal_publisher_tl%
- % \par%
- \c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl%
+ \item[\c_@@_editorial_secretariat_string_tl{}~ :] \ \par
+ \l_@@_journal_publisher_tl
+ % \par
+ \c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl
\@@_display_people_by_role:n { secretary }\par
- \l_@@_journal_address_tl\par%
- \c_@@_phone_string_tl{}~:~\l_@@_journal_phone_tl{} \c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl
- \c_@@_fax_string_tl{}~:~\l_@@_journal_fax_tl\par%
- \href{mailto:\l_@@_journal_email_tl}{\nolinkurl{\l_@@_journal_email_tl}}%
- % \newline%
+ \l_@@_journal_address_tl\par
+ \c_@@_phone_string_tl{}~ :~ \l_@@_journal_phone_tl{} \c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl
+ \c_@@_fax_string_tl{}~ :~ \l_@@_journal_fax_tl\par
+ \href{mailto:\l_@@_journal_email_tl}{\nolinkurl{\l_@@_journal_email_tl}}
+ % \newline
\c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl
\url{\l_@@_journal_url_tl}
- \item[\c_@@_publishingdirector_string_tl{}~:]
+ \item[\c_@@_publishingdirector_string_tl{}~ :]
\@@_display_people_by_role:n { president }
- \item[\c_@@_issn_string_tl{}~:] \l_@@_journal_issn_tl
+ \item[\c_@@_issn_string_tl{}~ :] \l_@@_journal_issn_tl
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_journal_isbn_tl
- {%
- \item[\c_@@_isbn_string_tl{}~:] \l_@@_journal_isbn_tl
+ {
+ \item[\c_@@_isbn_string_tl{}~ :] \l_@@_journal_isbn_tl
}
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_no_inside_backcover_bool} {
- \item[\c_@@_latexclass_string_tl{}~:]
+ \item[\c_@@_latexclass_string_tl{}~ :]
\@@_display_people_by_role:n { classdesigner }
- \item[\c_@@_artistic_director_string_tl{}~:]
+ \item[\c_@@_artistic_director_string_tl{}~ :]
\@@_display_people_by_role:n { graphicdesigner }
- \item[\c_@@_printer_string_tl{}~:] \g_@@_printer_text_tl
+ \item[\c_@@_printer_string_tl{}~ :] \g_@@_printer_text_tl
}
\end{description}
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_no_inside_backcover_bool} {
\g_@@_font_designer_text_tl
}
&
- \hspace*{\fill}%
- \includegraphics[height=20mm]{\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}%
+ \hspace*{\fill}
+ \includegraphics[height=20mm]{\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}
\end{tabular}
% \\
% \c_@@_font_string_tl
\bigskip
\tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_about_frontcover_tl
- {%
+ {
\\
- \begin{adjustbox}{valign=t,minipage=.75\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim+.2\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim-2\tabcolsep}
+ \begin{adjustbox}{
+ valign=t,
+ minipage=.75\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim+.2\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim-2\tabcolsep
+ }
\begin{description}[leftmargin=1em,font=\color{@@_about_frontcover_title_color}]
\item[\g_@@_about_frontcover_string_tl] \g_@@_about_frontcover_tl
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_credit_frontcover_bool} {
- \c_space_tl(\c_@@_credit_frontcover_string_tl{}~:~%
- \DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{frontcovercredit}]{people}{%
- \l_@@_firstlastname_tl=first-last-name%
- ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role%
- }{%
+ \c_space_tl(\c_@@_credit_frontcover_string_tl{}~ :~
+ \DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{frontcovercredit}]{people}{
+ \l_@@_firstlastname_tl=first-last-name
+ ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role
+ }{
\_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n
- {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -frontcovercredit- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}%
- }%
- ).%
+ {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -frontcovercredit- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}
+ }
+ ).
}
\end{description}
\end{adjustbox}
}
\end{_@@_inside_cover_tcb}
- \clearpage%
- \pagenumbering{arabic}%
+ \clearpage
+ \pagenumbering{arabic}
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_inside_frontcover_bool
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Displaying the inside back cover}
+% \subsection{Displaying the inside back cover}
%
% We create the variable that displays the inside back cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_display_inside_backcover_tl%
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_display_inside_backcover_tl {%
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_backcover_bool%
- \cleardoublepage%
- \pagestyle{@@_inside_backcover_ps}%
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_inside_cover_geometry_tl}%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_display_inside_backcover_tl
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_display_inside_backcover_tl {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_inside_backcover_bool
+ \cleardoublepage
+ \pagestyle{@@_inside_backcover_ps}
+ \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_inside_cover_geometry_tl}
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_no_inside_backcover_bool} {
\hbox{}
- }{%
- \small%
+ }{
+ \small
\begin{_@@_inside_cover_tcb}[_@@_tcb_inside_backcover_style]
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
% \begin{multicols}{2}
@@ -3401,11 +3425,11 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tcblower
}
\begin{description}[leftmargin=1em]
- \item[\c_@@_latexclass_string_tl{}~:]
+ \item[\c_@@_latexclass_string_tl{}~ :]
\@@_display_people_by_role:n { classdesigner }
- \item[\c_@@_artistic_director_string_tl{}~:]
+ \item[\c_@@_artistic_director_string_tl{}~ :]
\@@_display_people_by_role:n { graphicdesigner }
- \item[\c_@@_printer_string_tl{}~:] \g_@@_printer_text_tl
+ \item[\c_@@_printer_string_tl{}~ :] \g_@@_printer_text_tl
\end{description}
\g_@@_font_designer_text_tl
\end{_@@_inside_cover_tcb}
@@ -3414,20 +3438,20 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Displaying the back cover}
+% \subsection{Displaying the back cover}
%
% We create the variable that displays the back cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_display_backcover_tl%
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_display_backcover_tl {%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_display_backcover_tl
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_display_backcover_tl {
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_backcover_bool
- \pagestyle{@@_backcover_ps}%
+ \pagestyle{@@_backcover_ps}
\pagecolor{\g_@@_special_edition_color_tl}
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_backcover_geometry_tl}%
+ \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_backcover_geometry_tl}
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\mbox{}
\vfill
- \clist_map_inline:Nn \c_@@__graphics_extensions_clist{
+ \clist_map_inline:Nn \c_@@_graphics_extensions_clist{
\file_if_exist:nT {\c_@@_issue_images_path_string_tl/\g_@@_special_edition_backcover_image_tl.#1} {
\begin{center}
\includegraphics[width=.25\linewidth]{\g_@@_special_edition_backcover_image_tl}
@@ -3440,7 +3464,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\leftskip.125\linewidth
\rightskip\leftskip
\file_if_exist_input:nF {\c_@@_special_edition_backcover_page_file_string_tl}
- {%
+ {
\c_empty_box
}
\par
@@ -3458,31 +3482,25 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
}{
\file_if_exist_input:nF {\c_@@_backcover_page_file_string_tl}
- {%
+ {
\hbox{}
}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{User level commands}
+% \subsection{User level commands}
%
% Here, we gather all the user level (public) commands.
%
-% \subsection{Populating the people involved in the journal}
+% \subsubsection{Populating the people involved in the journal}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\editorinchief}
-% \begin{macro}{\editor}
-% \begin{macro}{\president}
-% \begin{macro}{\classdesigner}
-% \begin{macro}{\fontdesigner}
-% \begin{macro}{\classmaintainer}
-% \begin{macro}{\graphicdesigner}
+% \begin{macro}{\editorinchief,\editor,\president,\classdesigner,\fontdesigner,\classmaintainer,\graphicdesigner}
% We define some document-level commands that let the user specify
% respectively the editor(s) in chief, the editors, the (\textsc{smf})
% president, the class designer and maintainer(s), and the graphic designer.
%
-% For the editor(s) in chief, we increment the "\g_@@_editors_in_chief_int"
+% For the editor(s) in chief, we increment the ×\g_@@_editors_in_chief_int×
% counter in order to use singular or plural form of the corresponding string
% \enquote{Rédacteur(s) en chef}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3526,14 +3544,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Issue setup}
+% \subsubsection{Issue setup}
%
% \begin{macro}{\issuesetup}
% We define the command that lets the user specify the issue setup.
@@ -3541,16 +3553,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\NewDocumentCommand \issuesetup { m } {
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Its keys are set (only "number", "month" and "year" are relevant here).
+% Its keys are set (only ×number×, ×month× and ×year× are relevant here).
+% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_set:nn { gzt/issuesetup } {frontcoverimageoptions={width=\c_@@_frontcover_image_width_dim},#1}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We use here the fact that, if the "number", "month" or "year" options are not
-% used, their corresponding "\g_@@_issue_number_int", "\g_@@_issue_month_int" or
-% "\g_@@_issue_year_int" variables are equal to $0$ ($<1$).
+% We use here the fact that, if the ×number×, ×month× or ×year× options are not
+% used, their corresponding ×\g_@@_issue_number_int×, ×\g_@@_issue_month_int× or
+% ×\g_@@_issue_year_int× variables are equal to $0$ ($<1$).
%
-% First, if "number" is not used, its "\g_@@_issue_number_int" variable is set
-% to "\c_@@_first_issue_number_int"\footnote{The number of the first Gazette's
+% First, if ×number× is not used, its ×\g_@@_issue_number_int× variable is set
+% to ×\c_@@_first_issue_number_int×\footnote{The number of the first Gazette's
% issue using the present class.} and a warning is emitted.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_compare:nNnT {\g_@@_issue_number_int}<{1}
@@ -3560,18 +3573,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% If not specified as \refCom{issuesetup}'s key-value options, issue's month and
+% If not specified as ×\issuesetup×'s key-value options, issue's month and
% year are computed from issue number (which defaults to
-% "\c_@@_first_issue_month_int").
+% ×\c_@@_first_issue_month_int×).
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_issue_age_in_months_int}
-% First, if "month" or "year" option is not used (one of the previous
+% First, if ×month× or ×year× option is not used (one of the previous
% variables is $0$ hence their product is $0$ ($<1$)), we compute the issue
% age in months, useful for both month and year computation.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_compare:nNnT {\g_@@_issue_month_int * \g_@@_issue_year_int}<{1}
{
- \int_new:N \g_@@_issue_age_in_months_int%
+ \int_new:N \g_@@_issue_age_in_months_int
\int_gset:Nn \g_@@_issue_age_in_months_int
{
\c_@@_first_issue_month_int
@@ -3580,9 +3592,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% If the "month" is not used, we replace "\g_@@_issue_month_int" ($=0$) by its
+% If the ×month× is not used, we replace ×\g_@@_issue_month_int× ($=0$) by its
% computed value from the issue number.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_compare:nNnT {\g_@@_issue_month_int}<{1}
@@ -3594,26 +3605,26 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% If the "year" is not used, we replace "\g_@@_issue_year_int" ($=0$) by its
+% If the ×year× is not used, we replace ×\g_@@_issue_year_int× ($=0$) by its
% computed value from the issue number.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_compare:nNnT {\g_@@_issue_year_int}<{1}
{
- \int_new:N \g_@@_issue_age_in_years_int%
+ \int_new:N \g_@@_issue_age_in_years_int
\int_gset:Nn \g_@@_issue_age_in_years_int
- {%
+ {
\int_div_truncate:nn { \g_@@_issue_age_in_months_int } { 12 }
- }%
+ }
\int_gset:Nn \g_@@_issue_year_int
{
\g_@@_issue_age_in_years_int + \c_@@_first_issue_year_int
}
- }%
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Special edition setup}
+% \subsubsection{Special edition setup}
%
% \begin{macro}{\specialeditionsetup}
% We define the command that lets the user specify the special edition setup.
@@ -3624,8 +3635,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\keys_set:nn { gzt/specialedition } {#1}
}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Moral report setup}
+% \subsubsection{Moral report setup}
%
% \begin{macro}{\moralreportsetup}
% We define the command that lets the user specify the moral report setup.
@@ -3636,8 +3648,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\keys_set:nn { gzt/moralreport } {#1}
}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Journal setup}
+% \subsubsection{Journal setup}
%
% \begin{macro}{\journalsetup}
% We define the command that lets the user specify the
@@ -3646,27 +3659,27 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\NewDocumentCommand \journalsetup { m } {
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Its keys are set (only "publisher", "address", "phone", "fax", "email", "url"
-% and "issn" are relevant here).
+% Its keys are set (only ×publisher×, ×address×, ×phone×, ×fax×, ×email×, ×url×
+% and ×issn× are relevant here).
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_set:nn { gzt/journalsetup } { #1 }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Date of the president's message}
+% \subsubsection{Date of the president's message}
%
% \begin{macro}{\date}
-% We redefine the "\date" for the date of the president's message. It takes
+% We redefine the ×\date× for the date of the president's message. It takes
% 3 arguments, each of them being a number: the day, the month and the year.
% \begin{macrocode}
\RenewDocumentCommand \date { mmm } {
- \newdate{@@_president_message_date}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \newdate{@@_president_message_date}{#1}{#2}{#3}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Interviews}
+% \subsubsection{Interviews}
%
% \begin{macro}{\interviewee}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3699,7 +3712,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Miscellaneous}
+% \subsubsection{Miscellaneous}
%
% \begin{macro}{\academicsignature}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3709,11 +3722,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{Definition of the footer of the pages}
+% \subsection{Definition of the footer of the pages}
%
-% \begin{macro}{@@_date}
-% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_uppercased_date_format}
-% Thanks to \Pkg{datetime}, we create the new date "@@_date" and define the
+% \begin{macro}{@@_date,\l_@@_uppercased_date_format}
+% Thanks to \Pkg{datetime}, we create the new date ×@@_date× and define the
% date format to be used in the journal. As this date has to be displayed
% uppercased, we first define a function that displays uppercased months.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3721,23 +3733,23 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{
\@orgargctr=#1\relax
\ifcase\@orgargctr
- \PackageError{datetime}{Invalid~month~number~\the\@orgargctr}{%
- Month~numbers~should~go~from~1~(janvier)~to~12~(decembre)}%
- \or JANVIER%
- \or F\'EVRIER%
- \or MARS%
- \or AVRIL%
- \or MAI%
- \or JUIN%
- \or JUILLET%
- \or AO\^UT%
- \or SEPTEMBRE%
- \or OCTOBRE%
- \or NOVEMBRE%
- \or D\'ECEMBRE%
+ \PackageError{datetime}{Invalid~ month~ number~ \the\@orgargctr}{
+ Month~ numbers~ should~ go~ from~ 1~ (janvier)~ to~ 12~ (decembre)}
+ \or JANVIER
+ \or F\'EVRIER
+ \or MARS
+ \or AVRIL
+ \or MAI
+ \or JUIN
+ \or JUILLET
+ \or AO\^UT
+ \or SEPTEMBRE
+ \or OCTOBRE
+ \or NOVEMBRE
+ \or D\'ECEMBRE
\else
- \PackageError{datetime}{Invalid~month~number~\the\@orgargctr}{%
- Month~numbers~should~go~from~1~(janvier)~to~12~(decembre)}%
+ \PackageError{datetime}{Invalid~ month~ number~ \the\@orgargctr}{
+ Month~ numbers~ should~ go~ from~ 1~ (janvier)~ to~ 12~ (decembre)}
\fi
}
\newdate{@@_date}
@@ -3745,24 +3757,23 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{\int_use:N \g_@@_issue_month_int}
{\int_use:N \g_@@_issue_year_int}
\newdateformat{l_@@_uppercased_date_format}{
- \_@@_uppercased_monthname_french:n {\THEMONTH}~\THEYEAR
+ \_@@_uppercased_monthname_french:n {\THEMONTH}~ \THEYEAR
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{(Re)Definition of document commands that identify the article}
+% \subsection{(Re)Definition of document commands that identify the article}
%
% The names of the authors of the different articles will appear at several
% places, and notably in the table of contents where first and middle names have to
% be rendered as initials. Because automatically rendering initials is a complex task
% already provided by \Pkg{biblatex}, we will create a \file{.bib} file
-% containing "article" entries for each article of the \gzt{} journal.
+% containing ×article× entries for each article of the \gzt{} journal.
%
% This can be done only at the beginning of the document, in order to know the
% characteristics of the current issue.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\AddToHook{begindocument}{%
+\AddToHook{begindocument}{
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We first create a token list containing the date of the current issue formated
@@ -3781,9 +3792,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We will populate the bibiliographic file of the current issue with the current
-% issue (as "@periodical" entry type).
+% issue (as ×@periodical× entry type).
% \begin{macrocode}
- \iow_now:Nx \g_@@_bib_out_iow {%
+ \iow_now:Nx \g_@@_bib_out_iow {
@periodical{\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl,\iow_newline:
issuetitle = {\exp_not:f\c_@@_journal_title_string_tl},\iow_newline:
date = {\g_@@_bib_issue_date_tl},\iow_newline:
@@ -3792,26 +3803,24 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
options = {skipbib}\iow_newline:
}
\iow_newline:
- }%
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\title}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_title_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\title,\g_@@_title_tl}
% The command for article's title is redefined: the full \enquote{article's
-% title} is store in "\g_@@_title_tl" for later use.
+% title} is store in ×\g_@@_title_tl× for later use.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_title_tl
\RenewDocumentCommand \title { o m } {
% \end{macrocode}
-% We increment the "\g_@@_articles_int" integer that counts the number of
+% We increment the ×\g_@@_articles_int× integer that counts the number of
% articles in order to provide for each of them a unique bibliographic key.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_gincr:N \g_@@_articles_int
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_short_title_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_short_subtitle_tl
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_title_not_in_toc_bool
- %
\IfNoValueF {#1}
{
\keys_set:nn { gzt/title } { #1 }
@@ -3821,36 +3830,32 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{
\tl_put_left:Nx \g_@@_title_tl {\c_@@_tellme_extra_title_string_tl}
}
- \tl_if_empty:NT \g_@@_short_title_tl {%
+ \tl_if_empty:NT \g_@@_short_title_tl {
\tl_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_short_title_tl \g_@@_title_tl
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\subtitle}
-% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_subtitle_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\subtitle,\g_@@_subtitle_tl}
% The command for article's subtitle is redefined: the full and short
-% \enquote{article's subtitles} are store in "\g_@@_subtitle_tl" and
-% "\g_@@_short_subtitle_tl" for later use.
+% \enquote{article's subtitles} are store in ×\g_@@_subtitle_tl× and
+% ×\g_@@_short_subtitle_tl× for later use.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_subtitle_tl
\NewDocumentCommand \subtitle { o m } {
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_subtitle_not_in_toc_bool
- %
\IfNoValueF {#1}
{
\keys_set:nn { gzt/subtitle } { #1 }
}
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_subtitle_tl {#2}
- \tl_if_empty:NT \g_@@_short_subtitle_tl {%
+ \tl_if_empty:NT \g_@@_short_subtitle_tl {
\tl_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_short_subtitle_tl \g_@@_subtitle_tl
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\author}
% The command for article's author (including its affiliation) is redefined.
@@ -3906,22 +3911,22 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
%
-% \section{Definition of a private main matter switch}
+% \subsection{Definition of a private main matter switch}
%
-% A private "\_@@_mainmatter_switch_tl" switch is defined in order to automatically insert
+% A private ×\_@@_mainmatter_switch_tl× switch is defined in order to automatically insert
% some settings.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_mainmatter_switch_tl%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_mainmatter_switch_tl
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_mainmatter_switch_tl {
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_mainmatter_bool
\SetParskip{\c_@@_mainmatter_parskip_skip}
- \pagestyle{@@_mainmatter_ps}%
+ \pagestyle{@@_mainmatter_ps}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \l_@@_article_acknowledgements_tl%
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_article_acknowledgements_tl
\cs_new_protected:Nn \@@_article_acknowledgements:n
{
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_article_acknowledgements_tl { #1 }
@@ -3936,16 +3941,16 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\_@@_about_frontcover}
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_about_frontcover}
% We define the internal function than let us tell a few words about the front
% cover.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_about_frontcover_tl%
-\bool_new:N \g_@@_credit_frontcover_bool%
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_about_frontcover_string_tl%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_about_frontcover_tl
+\bool_new:N \g_@@_credit_frontcover_bool
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_about_frontcover_string_tl
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_about_frontcover:nnn
{
- \tl_if_empty:nF {#1}{%
+ \tl_if_empty:nF {#1}{
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_credit_frontcover_bool
\_@@_people:nnnnnnnn {#1}{}{}{}{}{}{frontcovercredit}{}
}
@@ -3958,18 +3963,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macro}{\_@@_rubric}
% We define the internal function than defines and sets the layouts of rubrics.
% \begin{macrocode}
-% \tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_title_tl%
-% \tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl%
-% \tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl%
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_abstract_box_tl%
-\tl_new:N \l_@@_rubric_head_text_box_tl%
+% \tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_title_tl
+% \tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl
+% \tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_abstract_box_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_rubric_head_text_box_tl
%
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_rubric:nnn
{
- \newpage%
+ \newpage
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_title_tl {#2}
- \file_if_exist:nTF { #3.pdf }{%
+ \file_if_exist:nTF { #3.pdf }{
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl {#3}
}{
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl {example-image}
@@ -3985,7 +3990,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% We reinitialize the items counter in this new rubric.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_rubric_bool%
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_rubric_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_interview_rubric_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_tellme_rubric_bool
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool
@@ -3999,7 +4004,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\g_@@_rubric_title_tl}
}
\thispagestyle{@@_rubric_ps}
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
+ \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}
\tl_if_empty:NTF \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl
{
\dim_set:Nn \l_@@_rubrics_head_text_width_dim { \c_@@_rubrics_head_text_no_abstract_width_dim }
@@ -4008,60 +4013,60 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\dim_set:Nn \l_@@_rubrics_head_text_width_dim { \c_@@_rubrics_head_text_abstract_width_dim }
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_abstract_box_tl {
\begin{adjustbox}{valign=t,minipage=\c_@@_rubrics_abstract_width_dim}
- \raggedright%
- \large%
- \color{@@_rubric_abstract_color}%
- \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl%
+ \raggedright
+ \large
+ \color{@@_rubric_abstract_color}
+ \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl
\end{adjustbox}
}
}
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_rubric_head_text_box_tl {
\begin{adjustbox}{valign=t,minipage=\l_@@_rubrics_head_text_width_dim}
- \mbox{}%
- \checkoddpage%
- \ifoddpage%
- \raggedleft%
+ \mbox{}
+ \checkoddpage
+ \ifoddpage
+ \raggedleft
\else
- \raggedright%
- \fi%
- \color{@@_rubric_title_color}%
- \fontsize{20}{20}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{sc}\selectfont%
- \g_@@_rubric_title_tl%
+ \raggedright
+ \fi
+ \color{@@_rubric_title_color}
+ \fontsize{20}{20}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{sc}\selectfont
+ \g_@@_rubric_title_tl
\end{adjustbox}
}
- \noindent%
- \mbox{}%
- \checkoddpage%
- \ifoddpage%
+ \noindent
+ \mbox{}
+ \checkoddpage
+ \ifoddpage
\hspace*{\c_@@_rubric_extra_xoffset_dim}
\tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl
{
\g_@@_rubric_abstract_box_tl
}
- \hfill%
+ \hfill
\l_@@_rubric_head_text_box_tl
- \hspace*{\c_@@_rubric_xoffset_dim}%
- \else%
- \hspace*{\c_@@_rubric_xoffset_dim}%
+ \hspace*{\c_@@_rubric_xoffset_dim}
+ \else
+ \hspace*{\c_@@_rubric_xoffset_dim}
\l_@@_rubric_head_text_box_tl
\tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl
{
- \hfill%
+ \hfill
\g_@@_rubric_abstract_box_tl
\hspace*{\c_@@_rubric_extra_xoffset_dim}
}
- \fi%
+ \fi
}
- \afterpage{%
- \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_rubric_bool%
+ \afterpage{
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_rubric_bool
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% We suppress any spurious space in case of lack of "%" at the end of the
-% public macros built on "\_@@_rubric":
+% We suppress any spurious space in case of lack of ×%× at the end of the
+% public macros built on ×\_@@_rubric×:
% \begin{macrocode}
\ignorespaces
% \end{macrocode}
-% End of the definition of the private command "\_@@_rubric":
+% End of the definition of the private command ×\_@@_rubric×:
% \begin{macrocode}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4079,16 +4084,16 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_display_localtoc:
{
- \etocsettocstyle{\section*{\contentsname}}{}%
+ \etocsettocstyle{\section*{\contentsname}}{}
\etocsetstyle {section}
{}
{\leavevmode\leftskip 0cm\relax}
- {\bfseries\normalsize\makebox[.6cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
- \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak%
- \makebox[.5cm][r]{%
- \etocpage%
- }%
- \par%
+ {\bfseries\normalsize\makebox[.6cm][l]{\etocnumber}
+ \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
+ \makebox[.5cm][r]{
+ \etocpage
+ }
+ \par
}
{\medskip}
\localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth{+1}
@@ -4102,72 +4107,71 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% We create two token lists that will contain:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item the unique bibliographic key,
-% \item the "author" value of the bibliographic entry,
+% \item the ×author× value of the bibliographic entry,
% \end{enumerate}
% of the current article.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_article_bib_key_tl%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_article_bib_key_tl
\tl_new:N \l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_authors_first_last_names_tl%
-\tl_new:N \l_@@_interviewees_first_last_names_tl%
-\tl_new:N \g__@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits%
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_citeauthor_tl%
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_citeinterviewee_tl%
-%
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_blx_given_first_inits_tl%
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/01/01}{%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_authors_first_last_names_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_interviewees_first_last_names_tl
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_citeauthor_tl
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_citeinterviewee_tl
+%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_blx_given_first_inits_tl
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/01/01}{
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_blx_given_first_inits_false_tl
- {%
- \togglefalse{abx@bool@giveninits}%
+ {
+ \togglefalse{abx@bool@giveninits}
}
}{
\tl_set:Nn \g_@@_blx_given_first_inits_false_tl
- {%
- \togglefalse{blx@firstinits}%
+ {
+ \togglefalse{blx@firstinits}
}
}
%
-\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {%
- \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_citeauthor_tl {%
- \DeclareNameAlias{labelname}{default}%
+\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_citeauthor_tl {
+ \DeclareNameAlias{labelname}{default}
\group_begin:
\g_@@_blx_given_first_inits_false_tl
\citeauthor{#1}
\group_end:
- }%
+ }
\cs_if_exist:cTF {texorpdfstring}
{
\texorpdfstring{\g_@@_citeauthor_tl}{}
- }{%
+ }{
\g_@@_citeauthor_tl
- }%
+ }
}
-% \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
-% \tl_gset:No \g_@@_citeauthor_tl {%
+% \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{
+% \tl_gset:No \g_@@_citeauthor_tl {
% \texorpdfstring{\citeauthor{\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl}}{}
% }
-% }{%
-% \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_citeauthor_tl {%
+% }{
+% \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_citeauthor_tl {
% \citeauthor{\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl}
-% }%
-% }%
-% \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
-% \tl_gset:No \g_@@_citeinterviewee_tl {%
+% }
+% }
+% \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{
+% \tl_gset:No \g_@@_citeinterviewee_tl {
% \texorpdfstring{\citeauthor{\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl}}{}
% }
-% }{%
-% \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_citeinterviewee_tl {%
+% }{
+% \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_citeinterviewee_tl {
% \citeinterviewee{\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl}
-% }%
-% }%
+% }
+% }
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% In the following "\maketitle" document level macro, we will need to display
+% In the following ×\maketitle× document level macro, we will need to display
% the list the authors of the current article, not as a comma separated list
-% (default "\citeauthor" \pkg{biblatex}'s macro behavior), but as an itemized
-% list. For this, we create the "\_@@_itemized_citeauthor" internal function
-% that will make use of "\citeauthor" where "\multinamedelim" and
-% "\finalnamedelim" will be patched into "\item". As we don't want to globally
+% (default ×\citeauthor× \pkg{biblatex}'s macro behavior), but as an itemized
+% list. For this, we create the ×\_@@_itemized_citeauthor× internal function
+% that will make use of ×\citeauthor× where ×\multinamedelim× and
+% ×\finalnamedelim× will be patched into ×\item×. As we don't want to globally
% alter the behavior of these macros, we first store their original meanings in
% some private control sequence:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4197,18 +4201,18 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\_@@_maketitle}
+% \begin{macro}{\maketitle}
% The command that \enquote{makes} the title is redefined.
% \begin{macrocode}
\RenewDocumentCommand \maketitle { s } {
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We force all the previous floats to be processed before a new article starts
-% (this is already done in "bibliography_minibiographies_acknowledgements"
+% (this is already done in ×bibliography_minibiographies_acknowledgements×
% environment but is repeated here if what is before provides floats but neither
% bibliography, \textsc{cv} nor acknowledgements).
% \begin{macrocode}
- \FloatBarrier%
+ \FloatBarrier
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We increment the item number in the current rubric.
@@ -4216,7 +4220,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\int_gincr:N \g_@@_item_in_rubric_int
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We restore the original length for "\parindent" that has been set to zero in
+% We restore the original length for ×\parindent× that has been set to zero in
% a possible previous \enquote{Interview} rubric.
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_set_eq:NN \parindent \c_@@_original_parindent_dim
@@ -4256,9 +4260,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We store the unique bibliographic key of the current article in the
-% "\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl" token list.
+% ×\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl× token list.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_article_bib_key_tl {%
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_article_bib_key_tl {
\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl
-art-
\int_use:N \g_@@_articles_int
@@ -4274,35 +4278,35 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% formated as required by \pkg{biblatex} (\enquote{Last1, First1 [and Last2,
% First2 [and ...]]}).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{author-art-\int_use:N \g_@@_articles_int}]{people}{%
- \l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl=first-last-name%
- ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role%
-}{%
+\DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{author-art-\int_use:N \g_@@_articles_int}]{people}{
+ \l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl=first-last-name
+ ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role
+}{
\tl_if_in:NnT \l_@@_people_role_tl { author } {
- \DTLiffirstrow{%
+ \DTLiffirstrow{
\tl_put_right:Nx
\l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl
{\exp_not:V\l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl}
}{
\tl_put_right:Nx
\l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl
- {~and~\exp_not:V\l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl}
+ {~ and~ \exp_not:V\l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl}
}
}
}
-\DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{interviewee-art-\int_use:N \g_@@_articles_int}]{people}{%
- \l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl=first-last-name%
- ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role%
-}{%
+\DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{interviewee-art-\int_use:N \g_@@_articles_int}]{people}{
+ \l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl=first-last-name
+ ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role
+}{
\tl_if_in:NnT \l_@@_people_role_tl { interviewee } {
- \DTLiffirstrow{%
+ \DTLiffirstrow{
\tl_put_right:Nx
\l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl
{\exp_not:V\l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl}
}{
\tl_put_right:Nx
\l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl
- {~and~\exp_not:V\l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl}
+ {~ and~ \exp_not:V\l_@@_people_first_last_name_tl}
}
}
}
@@ -4310,21 +4314,21 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% We now populate the bibiliographic file.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_title_tl {%
- \iow_now:Nx \g_@@_bib_out_iow {%
+\tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_title_tl {
+ \iow_now:Nx \g_@@_bib_out_iow {
@article{
\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl,
\iow_newline:
title={\exp_not:V\g_@@_title_tl},
\iow_newline:
- \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_subtitle_tl {%
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_subtitle_tl {
subtitle={\exp_not:V\g_@@_subtitle_tl},
\iow_newline:
}
- \tl_if_eq:NNF { \g_@@_short_title_tl } { \g_@@_title_tl } {%
+ \tl_if_eq:NNF { \g_@@_short_title_tl } { \g_@@_title_tl } {
shorttitle={\exp_not:V\g_@@_short_title_tl},
\iow_newline:
- }%
+ }
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl
{
author={\exp_not:V\l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl},
@@ -4335,67 +4339,77 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
crossref = {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl}
}
\iow_newline:
- }%
-}%
+ }
+}
%
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_bullet_and_rule_odd_tl
-{%
- \begin{tikzpicture}[remember~picture,overlay]
- \draw[fill=@@_circlerule_color,draw=@@_circlerule_color,line~width=0.7mm]
- ([xshift=-\c_@@_innermargin_dim-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]0,0 -| current~page.west) -- (\linewidth,0);%
+{
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember~ picture,overlay]
+ \draw[fill=@@_circlerule_color,draw=@@_circlerule_color,line~ width=0.7mm]
+ (
+ [xshift=-\c_@@_innermargin_dim-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]0,0 -|
+ current~ page.west
+ )
+ -- (\linewidth,0);
\fill[@@_circlerule_color] (\linewidth-2\pgflinewidth,0) circle [radius=2.75mm];
- \end{tikzpicture}%
-}%
+ \end{tikzpicture}
+}
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_bullet_and_rule_even_tl
-{%
- \begin{tikzpicture}[remember~picture,overlay]
- \draw[fill=@@_circlerule_color,draw=@@_circlerule_color,line~width=0.7mm]
- (0,0 -| current~page.east) -- (0,0);%
+{
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember~ picture,overlay]
+ \draw[fill=@@_circlerule_color,draw=@@_circlerule_color,line~ width=0.7mm]
+ (0,0 -| current~ page.east) -- (0,0);
\fill[@@_circlerule_color] (0,0) circle [radius=2.75mm];
- \end{tikzpicture}%
-}%
+ \end{tikzpicture}
+}
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_title_box_tl
-{%
- \noindent%
- \hspace*{18mm}%
+{
+ \noindent
+ \hspace*{18mm}
\begin{adjustbox}{minipage=\linewidth-18mm,valign=t}
- \raggedright%
- \color{@@_article_title_color}%
- \fontsize{20}{25}\selectfont%
- \bfseries%
+ \raggedright
+ \color{@@_article_title_color}
+ \fontsize{20}{25}\selectfont
+ \bfseries
\g_@@_title_tl
- \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_subtitle_tl {%
- \par%
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_subtitle_tl {
+ \par
\g_@@_subtitle_tl
}
\phantomsection
- \par%
+ \par
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_title_not_in_toc_bool} {
\bookmark[page=\thepage,level=chapter]{\g_@@_short_title_tl}
}{
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
- \tl_if_empty:NTF \g_@@_short_title_tl {%
- \g_@@_title_tl%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \g_@@_short_title_tl {
+ \g_@@_title_tl
}{
- \g_@@_short_title_tl%
+ \g_@@_short_title_tl
}
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_subtitle_not_in_toc_bool} {
- \bool_if:nF { \tl_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_short_subtitle_tl || \g_@@_interview_rubric_bool || \g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool }
- {
+ \bool_if:nF {
+ \tl_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_short_subtitle_tl ||
+ \g_@@_interview_rubric_bool ||
+ \g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool
+ }{
\c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl\g_@@_short_subtitle_tl
}
}
- \bool_if:nF { \tl_if_empty_p:N \l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl || \g_@@_interview_rubric_bool || \g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool }
- {
+ \bool_if:nF {
+ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl ||
+ \g_@@_interview_rubric_bool ||
+ \g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool
+ }{
\textsl{
\cs_if_exist:cTF {texorpdfstring}
{
- \texorpdfstring{%
+ \texorpdfstring{
\c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl\citeauthor{\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl}
}{}
- }{%
+ }{
\c_space_tl\textendash{}\c_space_tl\citeauthor{\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl}
- }%
+ }
}
}
}
@@ -4408,27 +4422,27 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \dim_gset:Nn \g_@@_abstract_box_width_dim {\linewidth}
% }
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_abstract_box_tl
- {%
- \begin{adjustbox}{minipage=\g_@@_abstract_box_width_dim,max~width=\g_@@_abstract_box_width_dim,valign=t}
+ {
+ \begin{adjustbox}{minipage=\g_@@_abstract_box_width_dim,max~ width=\g_@@_abstract_box_width_dim,valign=t}
\mbox{}
\tl_if_exist:NT \g_@@_abstract_body_tl
- {%
- \raggedright%
- \bfseries%
- \color{@@_article_abstract_color}%
+ {
+ \raggedright
+ \bfseries
+ \color{@@_article_abstract_color}
\g_@@_abstract_body_tl
- }%
+ }
\end{adjustbox}
- }%
+ }
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_authors_box_tl
- {%
- \begin{adjustbox}{minipage=0.3\linewidth,min~width=0.3\linewidth,valign=t}
+ {
+ \begin{adjustbox}{minipage=0.3\linewidth,min~ width=0.3\linewidth,valign=t}
\bool_if:nTF { \tl_if_empty_p:N \l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl || \g_@@_interview_rubric_bool }
{
\mbox{}
}
{
- \color{@@_people_color}%
+ \color{@@_people_color}
\_@@_itemized_citeauthor:n {\g_@@_article_bib_key_tl}
}
\end{adjustbox}
@@ -4443,14 +4457,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\tl_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl
}{
\xleaders\vbox {
- \bigskip%
- }%
- \vskip\bigskipamount%
+ \bigskip
+ }
+ \vskip\bigskipamount
}{
\xleaders\vbox {
- \smallskip%
- }%
- \vskip\smallskipamount%
+ \smallskip
+ }
+ \vskip\smallskipamount
}
}
{
@@ -4459,17 +4473,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\xleaders\vbox {
\mbox{}
\par
- \medskip%
- }%
- \vskip\medskipamount%
+ \medskip
+ }
+ \vskip\medskipamount
}
{
\xleaders\vbox {
\mbox{}
\par
- \smallskip%
- }%
- \vskip\smallskipamount%
+ \smallskip
+ }
+ \vskip\smallskipamount
}
}
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_previous_article_with_bibliography_or_minibio_bool
@@ -4490,7 +4504,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% We fix some of the PDF's metadata .
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_for_authors_bool} {
- \hypersetup{%
+ \hypersetup{
pdftitle=\g_@@_short_title_tl,
pdfauthor=\l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl
}
@@ -4498,24 +4512,24 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Here, we put the \pkg{TikZ}'s picture of the \enquote{bullet and rule}
-% (contained in the "\l_@@_bullet_and_rule_tl" token list) in a "\vbox" that
-% follows a "\cleaders" that makes the whole vanishes at pages boundaries
-% (cf. \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/31615/18401}).
+% (contained in the ×\l_@@_bullet_and_rule_tl× token list) in a ×\vbox× that
+% follows a ×\cleaders× that makes the whole vanishes at pages boundaries
+% (cf. \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/31615/18401}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:nF { \g_@@_for_authors_bool } {
% \xleaders\vbox {
- % \bigskip%
- % }%
- % \vskip\bigskipamount%
- \noindent%
- \checkoddpage%
- \ifoddpage%
+ % \bigskip
+ % }
+ % \vskip\bigskipamount
+ \noindent
+ \checkoddpage
+ \ifoddpage
\l_@@_bullet_and_rule_odd_tl
- \else%
+ \else
\l_@@_bullet_and_rule_even_tl
- \fi%
- \bigskip%
- }%
+ \fi
+ \bigskip
+ }
\par
\nopagebreak[4]
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4530,36 +4544,43 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\l_@@_title_box_tl
- \normalsize%
+ \normalsize
\nopagebreak[3]
- \bool_if:nF { \tl_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_abstract_body_tl && (\tl_if_empty_p:N \l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl || \g_@@_interview_rubric_bool || \g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool)}
- {%
- \par%
+ \bool_if:nF {
+ \tl_if_empty_p:N \g_@@_abstract_body_tl
+ &&
+ (
+ \tl_if_empty_p:N \l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl ||
+ \g_@@_interview_rubric_bool ||
+ \g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool
+ )
+ }{
+ \par
\bigskip
\bigskip
- \large%
- \mbox{}%
- \checkoddpage%
- \ifoddpage%
+ \large
+ \mbox{}
+ \checkoddpage
+ \ifoddpage
\l_@@_abstract_box_tl
- \hspace*{11mm}%
+ \hspace*{11mm}
\l_@@_authors_box_tl
- \else%
- \hspace*{-.85\c_@@_outermargin_dim}%
+ \else
+ \hspace*{-.85\c_@@_outermargin_dim}
\l_@@_authors_box_tl
- \hspace*{11mm}%
+ \hspace*{11mm}
\l_@@_abstract_box_tl
- \fi%
+ \fi
}
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_title_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_subtitle_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_abstract_body_tl
- \normalsize%
+ \normalsize
\bigskip
\tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_abstract_body_tl
- % {%
+ % {
% \tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_people_first_last_names_tl
- % {%
+ % {
% \bigskip
% }
% }
@@ -4570,7 +4591,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We set "\parindent" to zero in \enquote{Interview} rubric.
+% We set ×\parindent× to zero in \enquote{Interview} rubric.
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_zero:N \parindent
% \tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_people_photo_tl
@@ -4580,12 +4601,12 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{adjustbox}
% }
}
- \color{@@_default_text_color}%
- \IfBooleanF {#1}%
+ \color{@@_default_text_color}
+ \IfBooleanF {#1}
{
\bool_if:nF { \g_@@_multicols_bool || \g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool }
{
- \begin{multicols}{2}%
+ \begin{multicols}{2}
}
}
}
@@ -4594,7 +4615,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% We load the file where acronyms are defined.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\file_if_exist:nT { \c_@@_acronyms_file_string_tl } {%
+\file_if_exist:nT { \c_@@_acronyms_file_string_tl } {
\AddToHook{begindocument/before}{\loadglsentries{\c_@@_acronyms_file_string_tl}}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4607,16 +4628,16 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% In case of "forauthors" option, we close the "multicols" environment in case
-% it isn't closed (which happens if neither "\printbibliography" nor
-% "\printauthorsdetails" is used). This should fix issue
+% In case of ×forauthors× option, we close the ×multicols× environment in case
+% it isn't (which happens if neither ×\printbibliography× nor
+% ×\printauthorsdetails× is used). This should fix issue
% \url{https://github.com/dbitouze/gzt/issues/36}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:nT { \g_@@_for_authors_bool }
{
- \AddToHook{enddocument}{%
+ \AddToHook{enddocument}{
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_multicols_bool} {
- \end{multicols}%
+ \end{multicols}
}
}
}
@@ -4641,34 +4662,34 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \Pkg{longtable}) and the following code mainly comes from the \pkg{etoc}'s
% documentation.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackageloaded{etoc}{%
+\@ifpackageloaded{etoc}{
\newif\ifShowPartPageInToc % used before \part{Livres}
% cf etoc manual section Typesetting the TOC as a table
-% we use "\unexpanded" rather than more cumbersome but Knuthian "\toks" registers
+% we use ×\unexpanded× rather than more cumbersome but Knuthian ×\toks× registers
\newtoks\toctabletok
\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands only once #2
#1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
- \newcommand*\PreparePart{%
- \edef\toctablepiece {%
- \ExceptFirstPart {\noexpand\\[-1.5mm]}%
- \unexpanded{%
- \color{@@_rubric_in_toc_color}\scshape\fontseries{bx}\selectfont%
- }%
+ \newcommand*\PreparePart{
+ \edef\toctablepiece {
+ \ExceptFirstPart {\noexpand\\[-1.5mm]}
+ \unexpanded{
+ \color{@@_rubric_in_toc_color}\scshape\fontseries{bx}\selectfont
+ }
\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}&
% \ifShowPartPageInToc
- \unexpanded{\bfseries\color{@@_rubric_in_toc_color}}%
- \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}%
+ \unexpanded{\bfseries\color{@@_rubric_in_toc_color}}
+ \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}
% \fi
- \noexpand\\}%
- \gdef\ExceptFirstPart ##1{##1}%
+ \noexpand\\}
+ \gdef\ExceptFirstPart ##1{##1}
}
- \newcommand*\PrepareChapter{%
- \edef\toctablepiece {%
- \unexpanded{\color{@@_article_in_toc_color}\small}%
+ \newcommand*\PrepareChapter{
+ \edef\toctablepiece {
+ \unexpanded{\color{@@_article_in_toc_color}\small}
\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}&
\unexpanded{\color{@@_article_in_toc_color}\small}
- \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}%
- \noexpand\\[1mm]}%
+ \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}
+ \noexpand\\[1mm]}
}
\etocsetstyle{part}{}{}
{\PreparePart \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}
@@ -4677,14 +4698,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{\PrepareChapter \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}
{}
\etocsettocstyle
- {%
+ {
\setlength\LTleft{\c_zero_dim}
\setlength\LTright{\c_zero_dim}
- \gdef\ExceptFirstPart ##1{}%
- \toctabletok {%\hypersetup{hidelinks}%
- \begin{longtable}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}p{115mm}@{\quad}!{\color{@@_rule_in_toc_color}\vrule width 0.2mm}@{}r@{}}}%
+ \gdef\ExceptFirstPart ##1{}
+ \toctabletok {\hypersetup{hidelinks}
+ \begin{longtable}{
+ @{\extracolsep{\fill}}p{115mm}@{\quad}!{\color{@@_rule_in_toc_color}\vrule
+ width 0.2mm}@{}r@{}}
+ }
}
- {\global\toctabletok\expandafter{%
+ {\global\toctabletok\expandafter{
\the\toctabletok\end{longtable}
}
}
@@ -4699,78 +4723,79 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Special tools common to the editorial, the table of contents and the
+% \subsection{Special tools common to the editorial, the table of contents and the
% president message}
%
% We create an internal function that displays the box containing the issue
% number, with possible image on its left, followed below by an arbitrary text
% with a reflection effect.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_boxed_issue_number_tl%
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_boxed_issue_number_tl {%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_boxed_issue_number_tl
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_boxed_issue_number_tl {
\tcbox{\Large\No\g_@@_issue_number_int}
}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \@@_boxed_issue_number:nn
{
- \noindent%
- \raisebox{\baselineskip}{%
- \tl_if_empty:nF {#1} {%
- \makebox[\c_zero_dim][r]{%
- % \hspace*{\l_@@_thumbnail_width_dim}%
+ \noindent
+ \raisebox{\baselineskip}{
+ \tl_if_empty:nF {#1} {
+ \makebox[\c_zero_dim][r]{
+ % \hspace*{\l_@@_thumbnail_width_dim}
\begin{adjustbox}{valign=t}
- \includegraphics[width=\l_@@_thumbnail_width_dim]{#1}%
- \end{adjustbox}%
- }%
- }%
+ \includegraphics[width=\l_@@_thumbnail_width_dim]{#1}
+ \end{adjustbox}
+ }
+ }
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\tl_set:Nn \l_tmpa_tl {\c_@@_short_special_edition_string_tl}
}{
\tl_set:Nn \l_tmpa_tl {\No\int_use:N\g_@@_issue_number_int}
}
\begin{adjustbox}{valign=t}
- \begin{tcolorbox}[%
- enhanced,%
- title=\l_tmpa_tl,%\int_use:N \g_@@_issue_number_int,%
- fonttitle=\Large,%
- colback=white,%
- sharp~corners=all,%
- height=33mm,%
- boxrule=\c_zero_dim,%
- % frame~hidden,%
- attach~boxed~title~to~top~left,%
- tikznode~boxed~title={minimum~width=\c_@@_boxed_issue_number_width_dim},%
- boxed~title~style={%
- size=minimal,%
- height=\c_@@_boxed_issue_number_height_dim,%
- center~upper,%
- before={},%
- colback=@@_boxed_issue_number_bg_color,%
- sharp~corners=all,%
- frame~hidden,%
- valign=center,%
- }%
+ \begin{tcolorbox}[
+ enhanced,
+ title=\l_tmpa_tl,%\int_use:N \g_@@_issue_number_int,
+ fonttitle=\Large,
+ colback=white,
+ sharp~ corners=all,
+ height=33mm,
+ boxrule=\c_zero_dim,
+ % frame~ hidden,
+ attach~ boxed~ title~ to~ top~ left,
+ tikznode~ boxed~ title={minimum~ width=\c_@@_boxed_issue_number_width_dim},
+ boxed~ title~ style={
+ size=minimal,
+ height=\c_@@_boxed_issue_number_height_dim,
+ center~ upper,
+ before={},
+ colback=@@_boxed_issue_number_bg_color,
+ sharp~ corners=all,
+ frame~ hidden,
+ valign=center,
+ }
]
- \@@_reflected_text:n { #2 }%
+ \@@_reflected_text:n { #2 }
\end{tcolorbox}
- \end{adjustbox}%
- }%
- \par%
+ \end{adjustbox}
+ }
+ \par
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_before_frontmatter_stuff:
{
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool%
- \pagestyle{@@_frontmatter_ps}%
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_front_matter_geometry_tl}%
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool
+ \cleardoublepage
+ \pagestyle{@@_frontmatter_ps}
+ \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_front_matter_geometry_tl}
}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_after_frontmatter_stuff:
{
\color{@@_default_text_color}
- \normalsize%
- \clearpage%
- \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool%
+ \normalsize
+ \clearpage
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -4779,7 +4804,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{
\_@@_before_frontmatter_stuff: {}
\@@_boxed_issue_number:nn {#1}{#2}
- \color{@@_frontmatter_text_color}%
+ \color{@@_frontmatter_text_color}
\fontsize{11}{13.6}\selectfont
\RaggedRight
}
@@ -4791,7 +4816,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Displaying the editorial}
+% \subsection{Displaying the editorial}
%
% We create an internal function that displays the editorial.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4802,34 +4827,33 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_after_display_editorial:
{
\_@@_after_editorial_presidentmessage: {}
- \hspace*{\fill}%
+ \hspace*{\fill}
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\AtNextCitekey{\defcounter{maxnames}{100}}
\_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -editorinchief- 1}
}{
- \DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{editorinchief}]{people}{%
- \l_@@_firstlastname_tl=first-last-name%
- ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role%
- }{%
- \_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -editorinchief- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}%
+ \DTLforeach*[\DTLiseq{\l_@@_people_role_tl}{editorinchief}]{people}{
+ \l_@@_firstlastname_tl=first-last-name
+ ,\l_@@_people_role_tl=role
+ }{
+ \_@@_citeauthor_no_firstinits:n {\c_@@_issue_bib_key_tl -editorinchief- \exp_not:V\DTLcurrentindex}
}
}
- %
\_@@_after_frontmatter_stuff: {}
}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_display_editorial:n
{
\_@@_before_display_editorial:n {#1}
\file_if_exist_input:nF {\c_@@_editorial_file_string_tl}
- {%
+ {
\msg_error:nn { gzt } { editorial-file-missing }
}
\_@@_after_display_editorial: {}
}
-\AddToHook{begindocument/before}{%
+\AddToHook{begindocument/before}{
\tl_set_eq:NN \g_@@_editorial_heading_tl \c_@@_editorial_heading_string_tl
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
- \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_special_edition_editorial_heading_tl {%
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_special_edition_editorial_heading_tl {
\tl_set_eq:NN \g_@@_editorial_heading_tl \g_@@_special_edition_editorial_heading_tl
}
}
@@ -4850,7 +4874,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Displaying the table of contents}
+% \subsection{Displaying the table of contents}
%
% We create an internal function that displays the table of contents.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4865,7 +4889,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}{
\bookmark[dest=@@_toc,level=part]{\c_@@_toc_string_tl}
}
- \etocsettocdepth.toc{chapter}%
+ \etocsettocdepth.toc{chapter}
\tableofcontents
\the\toctabletok
\_@@_after_frontmatter_stuff: {}
@@ -4878,12 +4902,12 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Displaying the mini table of contents of the front cover}
+% \subsection{Displaying the mini table of contents of the front cover}
%
% We create an internal function that displays the president's message.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_frontcover_minitoc_tl%
-\tl_new:N \l_@@_minitoc_label_tl%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_frontcover_minitoc_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_minitoc_label_tl
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_frontcover_minitoc:n
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_frontcover_minitoc_tl {#1}
@@ -4898,9 +4922,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\setlist[@@_minitoc_list]{itemsep=2ex,label=\textcolor{@@_cover_itemize_label_color}\textbullet}
%
\NewDocumentEnvironment{minitoclist}{}
-{%
+{
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_item \item
- \RenewDocumentCommand \item { s O{} }{%
+ \RenewDocumentCommand \item { s O{} }{
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_minitoc_label_tl {##2}
\_@@_orig_item\textbf{##2}
\IfBooleanT {##1}
@@ -4923,7 +4947,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Displaying the president's message}
+% \subsection{Displaying the president's message}
%
% We create an internal function that displays the president's message.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4931,23 +4955,21 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{
\_@@_before_editorial_presidentmessage:nn {\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}{\c_@@_president_message_string_tl}
\phantomsection
- \par%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\g_@@_smf_short_string_tl}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\c_@@_president_message_string_tl}%
+ \par
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\g_@@_smf_short_string_tl}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\c_@@_president_message_string_tl}
}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_after_display_presidentmessage:
{
\_@@_after_editorial_presidentmessage: {}
- %
- \hspace*{\fill}%
- \c_@@_president_message_date_string_tl%
- \displaydate{@@_president_message_date}%
+ \hspace*{\fill}
+ \c_@@_president_message_date_string_tl
+ \displaydate{@@_president_message_date}
\\[1.5mm]
- \hspace*{\fill}%
- \@@_display_people_by_role:n { president }%
+ \hspace*{\fill}
+ \@@_display_people_by_role:n { president }
,\c_space_tl
\c_@@_president_signatory_string_tl
- %
\_@@_after_frontmatter_stuff: {}
}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_display_president_message:
@@ -4964,7 +4986,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Chapter, sections, etc. customization}
+% \subsection{Chapter, sections, etc. customization}
%
% Thanks to \Pkg{titlesec}, the chapter, section, subsection and subsubsection
% formats are customized.
@@ -4974,12 +4996,12 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% without any number, with a null distance between the (missing) number and
% the title, with a title in enforced lower case but small caps.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\titleformat{\chapter}%
+\titleformat{\chapter}
[block]
{\Huge\bfseries}
{}
{\c_zero_dim}
-{\scshape}%
+{\scshape}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item[Section] has a \enquote{frame} shape, is typeset in bold face, left
@@ -4987,9 +5009,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% distance between the number and the title, with a title in 12.5pt.
% \begin{macrocode}
\titleformat{\section}
-{%
- \raggedright%
- \bfseries%
+{
+ \raggedright
+ \bfseries
\color{@@_section_color}
}
{\fontsize{20}{15}\selectfont\thesection.\enspace}
@@ -5001,10 +5023,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macrocode}
\titleformat{\subsection}
% [frame]
-{%
- \fontsize{11}{16}\selectfont%
- \bfseries%
- \color{@@_subsection_color}%
+{
+ \fontsize{11}{16}\selectfont
+ \bfseries
+ \color{@@_subsection_color}
}
{\thesubsection\ \textendash{}\ }
{\c_zero_dim}
@@ -5015,10 +5037,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macrocode}
\titleformat{\subsubsection}
% [frame]
-{%
- \fontsize{11}{16}\selectfont%
- \bfseries%
- \color{@@_subsubsection_color}%
+{
+ \fontsize{11}{16}\selectfont
+ \bfseries
+ \color{@@_subsubsection_color}
}
{}
{\c_zero_dim}
@@ -5026,7 +5048,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{description}
%
-% \section{First pages}
+% \subsection{First pages}
%
% At begin of the document, we automatically :
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -5036,15 +5058,15 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{itemize}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\AddToHook{begindocument}{%
+\AddToHook{begindocument}{
\graphicspath{{\c_@@_issue_images_path_string_tl//}{../\c_@@_issue_images_path_string_tl//}}
% \glsdisablehyper
\g_@@_mainmatter_switch_tl
% \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool
% \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_mainmatter_bool
% \SetParskip{\c_@@_mainmatter_parskip_skip}
- % \pagestyle{@@_mainmatter_ps}%
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
+ % \pagestyle{@@_mainmatter_ps}
+ \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -5057,27 +5079,27 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\AddToHook{begindocument}{%
- \dim_if_exist:NTF \g_@@_pagegrid_dim {%
- \pagegridsetup{%
- enable,%
- step=\g_@@_pagegrid_dim%
+\AddToHook{begindocument}{
+ \dim_if_exist:NTF \g_@@_pagegrid_dim {
+ \pagegridsetup{
+ enable,
+ step=\g_@@_pagegrid_dim
}
- }{%
- \pagegridsetup{%
- disable%
+ }{
+ \pagegridsetup{
+ disable
}
}
% \bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_for_authors_bool} {
% \thispagestyle{empty}
% \includegraphics{gzt-logo}
% \hfill
- % \includegraphics[height=22.5mm]{\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}%
+ % \includegraphics[height=22.5mm]{\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}
% \par
% \vfill
% \begin{adjustbox}{valign=c,minipage=\linewidth}
- % \Large%
- % \c_@@_preliminary_version_string_tl%
+ % \Large
+ % \c_@@_preliminary_version_string_tl
% \end{adjustbox}
% \vfill
% \newpage
@@ -5108,22 +5130,22 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Page styles}
+% \subsection{Page styles}
%
-% Thanks to \Pkg{titleps} loaded by \pkg{titlesec}'s "pagestyles" option, we define
+% Thanks to \Pkg{titleps} loaded by \pkg{titlesec}'s ×pagestyles× option, we define
% some page styles.
%
-% \subsection{Common tools}
+% \subsubsection{Common tools}
%
% Here, we define some tools shared by sevral pages styles.
%
% The background footer:
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_background_footer_tl
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_background_footer_tl {%
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_background_footer_tl {
\draw [@@_footer_bg_color,fill]
- (current~page.south~west)
- rectangle ([yshift=\c_@@_footer_background_height_dim]current~page.south~east)
+ (current~ page.south~ west)
+ rectangle ([yshift=\c_@@_footer_background_height_dim]current~ page.south~ east)
;
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5131,11 +5153,11 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% The frontmatter head text:
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_frontmatter_head_text_tl
-\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_frontmatter_head_text_tl {%
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_frontmatter_head_text_tl {
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\g_@@_special_edition_title_tl
}{
- \includegraphics{gzt-logo}
+ \includegraphics[scale=1]{gzt-logo}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5143,83 +5165,83 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% The rubric head text:
% \begin{macrocode}
% \tl_new:N \l_@@_rubric_head_text_tl
-% \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_rubric_head_text_tl {%
-% \color{@@_rubric_head_text_color}%
-% \fontsize{20}{20}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{sc}\selectfont%
-% \g_@@_rubric_title_tl%
+% \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_rubric_head_text_tl {
+% \color{@@_rubric_head_text_color}
+% \fontsize{20}{20}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{sc}\selectfont
+% \g_@@_rubric_title_tl
% }
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The frontmatter page head rule:
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl {%
- \draw [@@_headrule_color,line~width=\c_@@_header_line_width_dim]
- ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~page~header~area.south~west -| current~page.north~west)
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl {
+ \draw [@@_headrule_color,line~ width=\c_@@_header_line_width_dim]
+ ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~ page~ header~ area.south~ west -| current~ page.north~ west)
--
- ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~page~header~area.south~east -| current~page.north~east)
- ;%
+ ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~ page~ header~ area.south~ east -| current~ page.north~ east)
+ ;
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The frontmatter page head text:
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl {%
- \mbox{}%
- \checkoddpage%
- \ifoddpage%
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl {
+ \mbox{}
+ \checkoddpage
+ \ifoddpage
\node[
- anchor=north~east,%
- align=center,%
- fill=white,%
- inner~xsep=3.5mm,%
- outer~sep=\c_zero_dim,%
+ anchor=north~ east,
+ align=center,
+ fill=white,
+ inner~ xsep=3.5mm,
+ outer~ sep=\c_zero_dim,
] at
- ([%
- xshift=\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_o_xshift_dim,%
- yshift=\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_yshift_dim%
- ]current~page.north~east) {%
+ ([
+ xshift=\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_o_xshift_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_yshift_dim
+ ]current~ page.north~ east) {
\Large
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\c_@@_short_special_edition_string_tl
\c_space_tl
}
\l_@@_frontmatter_head_text_tl
- }%
+ }
;
- \else%
- \node[%
- anchor=north~west,%
- align=center,%
- fill=white,%
- inner~xsep=3.5mm,%
- outer~sep=\c_zero_dim,%
+ \else
+ \node[
+ anchor=north~ west,
+ align=center,
+ fill=white,
+ inner~ xsep=3.5mm,
+ outer~ sep=\c_zero_dim,
] at
- ([%
- xshift=\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_e_xshift_dim,%
- yshift=\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_yshift_dim%
- ]current~page.north~west) {%
+ ([
+ xshift=\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_e_xshift_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_frontmatter_headtext_yshift_dim
+ ]current~ page.north~ west) {
\Large
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\c_@@_short_special_edition_string_tl
\c_space_tl
}
\l_@@_frontmatter_head_text_tl
- }%
+ }
;
- \fi%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The mainmatter odd page head rule:
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_mainmatter_oddpage_headrule_tl
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_mainmatter_oddpage_headrule_tl {%
- \draw [@@_headrule_color,line~width=\c_@@_header_line_width_dim]
- ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~page~header~area.south~east)
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_mainmatter_oddpage_headrule_tl {
+ \draw [@@_headrule_color,line~ width=\c_@@_header_line_width_dim]
+ ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~ page~ header~ area.south~ east)
--
- ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~page~header~area.south~west -| current~page.north~west)
+ ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~ page~ header~ area.south~ west -| current~ page.north~ west)
;
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5227,11 +5249,11 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% The mainmatter even page head rule:
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_mainmatter_evenpage_headrule_tl
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_mainmatter_evenpage_headrule_tl {%
- \draw [@@_headrule_color,line~width=\c_@@_header_line_width_dim]
- ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~page~header~area.south~west)
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_mainmatter_evenpage_headrule_tl {
+ \draw [@@_headrule_color,line~ width=\c_@@_header_line_width_dim]
+ ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~ page~ header~ area.south~ west)
--
- ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~page~header~area.south~east -| current~page.north~east)
+ ([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]current~ page~ header~ area.south~ east -| current~ page.north~ east)
;
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5249,13 +5271,13 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% with number (and keywords) but without any caption: in such cases, the number
% should not be followed by any separator.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tcbset{%
- new/blend into/tables-/.style={%
- use counter*=table,%
- /tcb/code={\appto\tcb@new@colopt{,before title={\fnum@table}}}},%
- new/blend into/figures-/.style={%
- use counter*=figure,%
- /tcb/code={\appto\tcb@new@colopt{,before title={\fnum@figure}}}},%
+\tcbset{
+ new/blend into/tables-/.style={
+ use counter*=table,
+ /tcb/code={\appto\tcb@new@colopt{,before title={\fnum@table}}}},
+ new/blend into/figures-/.style={
+ use counter*=figure,
+ /tcb/code={\appto\tcb@new@colopt{,before title={\fnum@figure}}}},
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -5268,9 +5290,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\gzt@arcthroughthreepoints[4][]%
+\newcommand\gzt@arcthroughthreepoints[4][]
{
- % \NoAutoSpacing%
\coordinate (middle1) at ($(#2)!.5!(#3)$);
\coordinate (middle2) at ($(#3)!.5!(#4)$);
\coordinate (aux1) at ($(middle1)!1!90:(#3)$);
@@ -5279,8 +5300,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\filldraw[fill=white,draw=@@_headrule_color,line width=0.25mm,#1]
let \p1=($(#2)-(center)$),
\p2=($(#4)-(center)$),
- \n0={veclen(\p1)}, % Radius
- \n1={atan2(\y1,\x1)}, % angles
+ \n0={veclen(\p1)},
+ \n1={atan2(\y1,\x1)},
\n2={atan2(\y2,\x2)},
\n3={\n2>\n1?\n2:\n2+360}
in (#2) arc(\n1:\n3:\n0);
@@ -5312,43 +5333,79 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% The rubric page head rule:
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_rubric_page_head_tl
-\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_page_head_tl {%
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_page_head_tl {
\bool_if:nF { \g_@@_for_authors_bool } {
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {
- \path (current~page.north~west |- current~page~header~area.south~west) coordinate (_@@_pwest);
- \path (current~page.north~east |- current~page~header~area.south~east) coordinate (_@@_peast);
- \draw [@@_headrule_color,line~width=\c_@@_header_line_width_dim]
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {
+ \path (current~ page.north~ west |- current~ page~ header~ area.south~ west) coordinate (_@@_pwest);
+ \path (current~ page.north~ east |- current~ page~ header~ area.south~ east) coordinate (_@@_peast);
+ \draw [@@_headrule_color,line~ width=\c_@@_header_line_width_dim]
([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]_@@_pwest)
--
([yshift=\c_@@_header_line_yshift_dim]_@@_peast)
- ;%
- \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl {%
- \mbox{}%
- \checkoddpage%
- \ifoddpage%
- \coordinate (@@_A) at ([xshift=\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_A_dim,yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_A_dim]current~page.north~west);
- \coordinate (@@_B) at ([xshift=\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_B_dim,yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_B_dim]current~page.north~west) ;
- \coordinate (@@_C) at ([xshift=\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_C_dim,yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_C_dim]current~page.north~west) ;
+ ;
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl {
+ \mbox{}
+ \checkoddpage
+ \ifoddpage
+ \coordinate (@@_A) at (
+ [
+ xshift=\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_A_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_A_dim
+ ]
+ current~ page.north~ west
+ );
+ \coordinate (@@_B) at (
+ [
+ xshift=\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_B_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_B_dim
+ ]
+ current~ page.north~ west
+ );
+ \coordinate (@@_C) at (
+ [
+ xshift=\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_C_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_C_dim
+ ]
+ current~ page.north~ west
+ );
\gzt@arcthroughthreepoints{@@_A}{@@_B}{@@_C};
- \else%
- \coordinate (@@_A) at ([xshift=-\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_A_dim,yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_A_dim]current~page.north~east);
- \coordinate (@@_B) at ([xshift=-\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_B_dim,yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_B_dim]current~page.north~east) ;
- \coordinate (@@_C) at ([xshift=-\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_C_dim,yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_C_dim]current~page.north~east) ;
+ \else
+ \coordinate (@@_A) at (
+ [
+ xshift=-\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_A_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_A_dim
+ ]
+ current~ page.north~ east
+ );
+ \coordinate (@@_B) at (
+ [
+ xshift=-\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_B_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_B_dim
+ ]
+ current~ page.north~ east
+ );
+ \coordinate (@@_C) at (
+ [
+ xshift=-\c_@@_xshift_arccircle_C_dim,
+ yshift=\c_@@_yshift_arccircle_C_dim
+ ]
+ current~ page.north~ east
+ );
\gzt@arcthroughthreepoints{@@_C}{@@_B}{@@_A};
- \fi%
+ \fi
}
}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Front cover page style}
+% \subsubsection{Front cover page style}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_frontcover_ps}[]{%
+\newpagestyle{@@_frontcover_ps}[]{
\sethead
- {}%
- {%
+ {}
+ {
\adjustbox{stack=c}{
{\Large
\c_@@_frontcover_header_string_tl
@@ -5359,52 +5416,50 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\color{@@_generic_dark_color}
}
\l_@@_frontmatter_head_text_tl
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {}%
- %
- \setfoot%
- {}%
- {}%
- {}%
-}%
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ {}
+ \setfoot
+ {}
+ {}
+ {}
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Inside front cover page style}
+% \subsubsection{Inside front cover page style}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_inside_frontcover_ps}[]{%
- \sethead%
+\newpagestyle{@@_inside_frontcover_ps}[]{
+ \sethead
[
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl%
- }%
- ]%
- []%
- []%
- {}%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl
+ }
+ ]
+ []
+ []
+ {}
{
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl%
- }%
- }%
- {}%
- %
- \setfoot%
- []%
- [%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl
+ }
+ }
+ {}
+ \setfoot
+ []
+ [
\c_@@_footer_string_tl
- ]%
- []%
- {}%
- {%
- \c_@@_footer_string_tl%
- }%
- {}%
-}%
+ ]
+ []
+ {}
+ {
+ \c_@@_footer_string_tl
+ }
+ {}
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5415,45 +5470,44 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Front matter page style}
+% \subsubsection{Front matter page style}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_frontmatter_ps}[]{%
+\newpagestyle{@@_frontmatter_ps}[]{
\widenhead*{\c_@@_front_matter_extra_innermargin_dim}{\c_@@_front_matter_extra_outermargin_dim}
- \sethead%
+ \sethead
[
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl%
- }%
- ]%
- []%
- []%
- {}%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl
+ }
+ ]
+ []
+ []
+ {}
{
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl%
- }%
- }%
- {}%
- %
- \setfoot%
- [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]%
- [%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl
+ }
+ }
+ {}
+ \setfoot
+ [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]
+ [
\c_@@_footer_string_tl
- ]%
+ ]
[
%<class-article>\c_@@_compiled_string_tl
- ]%
+ ]
{
%<class-article>\c_@@_compiled_string_tl
- }%
- {%
- \c_@@_footer_string_tl%
- }%
- {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}%
-}%
+ }
+ {
+ \c_@@_footer_string_tl
+ }
+ {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5464,183 +5518,186 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Rubric first page style}
+% \subsubsection{Rubric first page style}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_rubric_ps}[]{%
+\newpagestyle{@@_rubric_ps}[]{
\widenhead{\c_zero_dim}{\c_zero_dim}
- \sethead%
+ \sethead
[
- ]%
+ ]
[
- ]%
+ ]
[
- \g_@@_rubric_page_head_tl%
+ \g_@@_rubric_page_head_tl
\bool_if:nF { \g_@@_for_authors_bool } {
- \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height},lap=-\c_@@_header_xshift_dim-\linewidth}{%
- \includegraphics[width=\c_@@_pictogram_width_dim]{\g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl}%
- }%
- }%
- ]%
+ \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height},lap=-\c_@@_header_xshift_dim-\linewidth}{
+ \includegraphics[width=\c_@@_pictogram_width_dim]{\g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl}
+ }
+ }
+ ]
+ {
+ \g_@@_rubric_page_head_tl
+ }
+ {}
{
- \g_@@_rubric_page_head_tl%
- }%
- {}%
- {%
\bool_if:nF { \g_@@_for_authors_bool } {
- \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height},lap=\c_@@_header_xshift_dim}{%
- \includegraphics[width=\c_@@_pictogram_width_dim]{\g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- %
- \setfoot%
- [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]%
- [%
+ \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height},lap=\c_@@_header_xshift_dim}{
+ \includegraphics[width=\c_@@_pictogram_width_dim]{\g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \setfoot
+ [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]
+ [
\c_@@_footer_string_tl
- ]%
- []%
- {}%
- {%
- \c_@@_footer_string_tl%
- }%
- {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}%
-}%
+ ]
+ []
+ {}
+ {
+ \c_@@_footer_string_tl
+ }
+ {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Advertisement page style}
+% \subsubsection{Advertisement page style}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_advertisement_ps}[]{%
+\newpagestyle{@@_advertisement_ps}[]{
\widenhead{\c_zero_dim}{\c_zero_dim}
- \sethead%
+ \sethead
[
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {\g_@@_mainmatter_evenpage_headrule_tl}
- ]%
- [%
- \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height}}{%
- \large\bfseries\scshape\color{@@_head_text_color}\c_@@_advertisement_string_tl%
- }%
- ]%
- []%
- {}%
- {%
- \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height}}{%
- \large\bfseries\scshape\color{@@_head_text_color}\c_@@_advertisement_string_tl%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {\g_@@_mainmatter_evenpage_headrule_tl}
+ ]
+ [
+ \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height}}{
+ \large\bfseries\scshape\color{@@_head_text_color}\c_@@_advertisement_string_tl
}
- }%
+ ]
+ []
+ {}
{
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {\g_@@_mainmatter_oddpage_headrule_tl}
- }%
- %
- \setfoot%
- [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]%
- [%
+ \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height}}{
+ \large\bfseries\scshape\color{@@_head_text_color}\c_@@_advertisement_string_tl
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {\g_@@_mainmatter_oddpage_headrule_tl}
+ }
+ \setfoot
+ [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]
+ [
\c_@@_footer_string_tl
- ]%
- []%
- {}%
- {%
- \c_@@_footer_string_tl%
- }%
- {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}%
+ ]
+ []
+ {}
+ {
+ \c_@@_footer_string_tl
+ }
+ {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{For blank pages added in order to ensure document total page
+% \subsubsection{For blank pages added in order to ensure document total page
% numbers is a multiple of four}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_blank_pages_ps}[]{%
+\newpagestyle{@@_blank_pages_ps}[]{
\sethead
- {}%
- {}%
- {}%
- %
- \setfoot%
- [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]%
- [%
+ {}
+ {}
+ {}
+ \setfoot
+ [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]
+ [
\c_@@_footer_string_tl
- ]%
- []%
- {}%
- {%
- \c_@@_footer_string_tl%
- }%
- {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}%
-}%
+ ]
+ []
+ {}
+ {
+ \c_@@_footer_string_tl
+ }
+ {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Inside back cover page style}
+% \subsubsection{Inside back cover page style}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_inside_backcover_ps}[]{%
- \sethead%
+\newpagestyle{@@_inside_backcover_ps}[]{
+ \sethead
[
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl%
- }%
- ]%
- []%
- []%
- {}%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl
+ }
+ ]
+ []
+ []
+ {}
{
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl%
- \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl%
- }%
- }%
- {}%
- %
- \setfoot%
- []%
- [%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_page_headrule_tl
+ \g_@@_frontmatter_headtext_tl
+ }
+ }
+ {}
+ \setfoot
+ []
+ [
\c_@@_footer_string_tl
- ]%
- []%
- {}%
- {%
- \c_@@_footer_string_tl%
- }%
- {}%
-}%
+ ]
+ []
+ {}
+ {
+ \c_@@_footer_string_tl
+ }
+ {}
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Back cover page style}
+% \subsubsection{Back cover page style}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_backcover_ps}[]{%
+\newpagestyle{@@_backcover_ps}[]{
\sethead
- {}%
- {}%
- {}%
- %
- \setfoot%
- {}%
- {}%
- {}%
-}%
+ {}
+ {}
+ {}
+ \setfoot
+ {}
+ {}
+ {}
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We define crop marks.
% \begin{macrocode}
-% \bool_if:NT {\g_@@_for_printer_bool} {%
-% \AddEverypageHook{%
-% \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {%
-% \draw ([yshift=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.south~west) -- +(0.25,0);
-% \draw ([xshift=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.south~west) -- +(0,0.25);
+% \bool_if:NT {\g_@@_for_printer_bool} {
+% \AddEverypageHook{
+% \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {
+% \draw ([yshift=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~ page.south~ west) -- +(0.25,0);
+% \draw ([xshift=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~ page.south~ west) -- +(0,0.25);
% %% lower right
-% \draw ([yshift=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.south~east) -- +(-0.25,0);
-% \draw ([xshift=-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim-\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim]current~page.south~east) -- +(0,0.25);
+% \draw ([yshift=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~ page.south~ east) -- +(-0.25,0);
+% \draw
+% (
+% [xshift=-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim-\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim]
+% current~ page.south~ east
+% ) -- +(0,0.25);
% %% upper left
-% \draw ([yshift=-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.north~west) -- +(0.25,0);
-% \draw ([xshift=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.north~west) -- +(0,-0.25);
+% \draw ([yshift=-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~ page.north~ west) -- +(0.25,0);
+% \draw ([xshift=\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~ page.north~ west) -- +(0,-0.25);
% %% upper right
-% \draw ([yshift=-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~page.north~east) -- +(-0.25,0);
-% \draw ([xshift=-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim-\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim]current~page.north~east) -- +(0,-0.25);
-% }%
-% }%
+% \draw ([yshift=-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim]current~ page.north~ east) -- +(-0.25,0);
+% \draw
+% (
+% [xshift=-\c_@@_potential_layoutoffset_dim-\c_@@_potential_bindingoffset_dim]
+% current~ page.north~ east) -- +(0,-0.25
+% );
+% }
+% }
% }
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -5657,65 +5714,64 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\AddToHook{shipout/background}{
%<class> \bool_if:nF { \g_@@_frontcover_bool || \g_@@_backcover_bool }{
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_advertisement_bool} {
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] { \g_@@_background_footer_tl }%
- }%
-%<class> }%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] { \g_@@_background_footer_tl }
+ }
+%<class> }
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Main matter page style}
+% \subsubsection{Main matter page style}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newpagestyle{@@_mainmatter_ps}[]{%
+\newpagestyle{@@_mainmatter_ps}[]{
\widenhead{\c_zero_dim}{\c_zero_dim}
- \sethead%
+ \sethead
[
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {\g_@@_mainmatter_evenpage_headrule_tl}
- ]%
- [%
- \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height}}{%
- \large\bfseries\scshape\color{@@_head_text_color}\g_@@_rubric_title_tl%
- }%
- ]%
- []%
- {}%
- {%
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {\g_@@_mainmatter_evenpage_headrule_tl}
+ ]
+ [
+ \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height}}{
+ \large\bfseries\scshape\color{@@_head_text_color}\g_@@_rubric_title_tl
+ }
+ ]
+ []
+ {}
+ {
\bool_if:nF {
\g_@@_rearviewmirror_rubric_bool || \g_@@_books_rubric_bool
}{
- \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height}}{%
- \bfseries\color{@@_head_text_color}\g_@@_short_title_tl%
+ \adjustbox{raise={\c_@@_header_yshift_dim}{\height}}{
+ \bfseries\color{@@_head_text_color}\g_@@_short_title_tl
}
}
- }%
+ }
{
- \tikz[remember~picture,overlay] {\g_@@_mainmatter_oddpage_headrule_tl}
- }%
- %
+ \tikz[remember~ picture,overlay] {\g_@@_mainmatter_oddpage_headrule_tl}
+ }
\bool_if:nTF { \g_@@_for_authors_bool } {
- \setfoot%
- [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]%
- [%
+ \setfoot
+ [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]
+ [
\c_@@_footer_string_tl
- ]%
- [\c_@@_compiled_string_tl]%
- {\c_@@_compiled_string_tl}%
- {%
- \c_@@_footer_string_tl%
- }%
- {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}%
+ ]
+ [\c_@@_compiled_string_tl]
+ {\c_@@_compiled_string_tl}
+ {
+ \c_@@_footer_string_tl
+ }
+ {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}
}{
- \setfoot%
- [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]%
- [%
+ \setfoot
+ [\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage]
+ [
\c_@@_footer_string_tl
- ]%
- []%
- {}%
- {%
- \c_@@_footer_string_tl%
- }%
- {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}%
+ ]
+ []
+ {}
+ {
+ \c_@@_footer_string_tl
+ }
+ {\c_@@_footer_size_font_tl\thepage}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5724,41 +5780,44 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% of articles.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \acknowledgements { +m } {
- \@@_article_acknowledgements:n {#1}%
+ \@@_article_acknowledgements:n {#1}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\printminibios}
-% \begin{macro}{\printauthorsdetails}
% We define the public command which displays
% \begin{itemize}
% \item the affiliation(s), email(s) and minibiographie(s) of the authors,
% \item the acknowledgements if not empty.
% \end{itemize}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand \printminibios {} {
+\NewDocumentCommand \printminibios { s } {
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_multicols_bool} {
- \end{multicols}%
+ \end{multicols}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% We force all the previous floats to be processed no later on the page
% following the beginning of the bibliography, \textsc{cv} or
% acknowledgements.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \FloatBarrier%
+ \FloatBarrier
\begin{_@@_minibiographies_acknowledgements_tcbox}
- \@@_display_people_by_role:n { author-art-\int_use:N \g_@@_articles_int }
+ \nopagebreak[0]
+ \IfBooleanF {#1}
+ {
+ \@@_display_people_by_role:n { author-art-\int_use:N \g_@@_articles_int }
+ }
\DTLsavelastrowcount{\_@@_authors_number}
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_article_acknowledgements_tl
- {%
+ {
\footnotesize
\int_compare:nNnT {\_@@_authors_number}>{0}
{
- \par%
- \bigskip%
+ \par
+ \bigskip
}
\begin{adjustbox}{valign=t,minipage=\linewidth}
- \color{@@_acknowledgements_color}%
+ \color{@@_acknowledgements_color}
\setlength{\parskip}{\c_@@_mainmatter_parskip_skip}
\l_@@_article_acknowledgements_tl
\end{adjustbox}
@@ -5768,87 +5827,83 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% We define "\printauthorsdetails" as an alias of "\printminibios".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\printauthorsdetails\printminibios
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\printbibliography}
% The command for bibliography printing production is redefined in order to let
% it silently:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item beforehand quit the multicolumn environment and enter in the
-% "_@@_bibliography_tcbox" environment (which gives a special layout to
+% ×_@@_bibliography_tcbox× environment (which gives a special layout to
% bibliographies, \textsc{cv} and acknowledgements),
-% \item afterwards quit the "bibliography_minibiographies_acknowledgements" environment and enter in
+% \item afterwards quit the ×bibliography_minibiographies_acknowledgements× environment and enter in
% the multicolumn environment.
% \end{itemize}
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_printbibliography \printbibliography
\RenewDocumentCommand \printbibliography { s O{} } {
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_multicols_bool} {
- \end{multicols}%
+ \end{multicols}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% We force all the previous floats to be processed no later on the page
% following the beginning of the bibliography, \textsc{cv} or
% acknowledgements.
% \begin{macrocode}
-% \afterpage{%
- \FloatBarrier%
-% }%
+% \afterpage{
+ \FloatBarrier
+% }
\begin{_@@_bibliography_tcbox}
\_@@_printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,resetnumbers,#2]
\end{_@@_bibliography_tcbox}
- %
- \IfBooleanF {#1}
+ \nopagebreak[0]
+ \IfBooleanTF {#1}
{
- \nopagebreak[0]
- \printauthorsdetails
+ \printminibios*
+ }{
+ \printminibios
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{Miscellaneous private commands specific to the journal}
+% \subsection{Miscellaneous private commands specific to the journal}
%
% We create miscellaneous private commands specific to the journal.
%
% Command for centuries.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\deftranslation[to=French]{_@@_century}{si\`ecle}%
-\deftranslation[to=English]{_@@_century}{century}%
-\deftranslation[to=French]{_@@_first}{\ier}%
-\deftranslation[to=English]{_@@_first}{\up{st}\xspace}%
-\deftranslation[to=French]{_@@_nth}{\ieme}%
-\deftranslation[to=English]{_@@_nth}{\up{th}\xspace}%
-\deftranslation[to=French]{_@@_bc}{avant~J.-C}%
-\deftranslation[to=English]{_@@_bc}{BC}%
+\deftranslation[to=French]{_@@_century}{si\`ecle}
+\deftranslation[to=English]{_@@_century}{century}
+\deftranslation[to=French]{_@@_first}{\ier}
+\deftranslation[to=English]{_@@_first}{\up{st}\xspace}
+\deftranslation[to=French]{_@@_nth}{\ieme}
+\deftranslation[to=English]{_@@_nth}{\up{th}\xspace}
+\deftranslation[to=French]{_@@_bc}{avant~ J.-C}
+\deftranslation[to=English]{_@@_bc}{BC}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_century:n
{
\textsc{
\int_to_roman:n {\int_abs:n {#1}}
- }%
+ }
\int_compare:nNnTF { \int_abs:n {#1} } > { 1 }{\translate{_@@_nth}}{\translate{_@@_first}}
}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_century_suffix:n
{
- \translate{_@@_century}%
+ \translate{_@@_century}
\int_compare:nNnT { #1 } < { 0 }{
\c_space_tl
\translate{_@@_bc}
% \end{macrocode}
-% In case of French language, we add a period just after \enquote{avant~J.-C},
-% but only if the character following the "\century" macro is not a period
+% In case of French language, we add a period just after \enquote{avant~ J.-C},
+% but only if the character following the ×\century× macro is not a period
% itself.
% \begin{macrocode}
\IfLanguageName {french}{
- \@ifnextchar.%
+ \@ifnextchar.
{
}{
.\xspace
- }%
+ }
}
}{
}
@@ -5863,7 +5918,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Miscellaneous public commands specific to the journal}
+% \subsection{Miscellaneous public commands specific to the journal}
%
% We create miscellaneous public commands specific to the journal.
%
@@ -5875,8 +5930,8 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\vfill
\begin{center}
\dim_set:Nn \fboxsep {\c_zero_dim}
- \fbox{%
- \includegraphics[max~size={\linewidth}{\textheight},#1]{#2}
+ \fbox{
+ \includegraphics[max~ size={\linewidth}{\textheight},#1]{#2}
}
\end{center}
\vfill
@@ -5894,9 +5949,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{
\newpage
\thispagestyle{@@_advertisement_ps}
- \begin{minipage}[c][\textheight][c]{\textwidth}%
- \centering\includegraphics[max~size={\linewidth}{\textheight},#1]{#2}%
- \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[c][\textheight][c]{\textwidth}
+ \centering\includegraphics[max~ size={\linewidth}{\textheight},#1]{#2}
+ \end{minipage}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \fullpageadvertisement { O{} m }
{
@@ -5909,14 +5964,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \aboutfrontcover { O{} O{\c_@@_about_frontcover_string_tl} m }
{
- \_@@_about_frontcover:nnn {#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \_@@_about_frontcover:nnn {#1}{#2}{#3}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_prepare_rubric:nnn {%
- \newpage%
+\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_prepare_rubric:nnn {
+ \newpage
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_title_tl {#2}
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl {#3}
@@ -5925,7 +5980,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\keys_set:nn { gzt/rubric } { #1 }
}
\_@@_rubric:nnn
- {\g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl}{\g_@@_rubric_title_tl}{\g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl}%
+ {\g_@@_rubric_abstract_tl}{\g_@@_rubric_title_tl}{\g_@@_rubric_pictofile_tl}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -5937,19 +5992,20 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\NewDocumentCommand \rubric {O{}mm}
{
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
- \_@@_rubric:nnn {#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_title_tl {%
+ \_@@_rubric:nnn {#1}{#2}{#3}
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_rubric_title_tl {
\c_@@_short_special_edition_string_tl
\c_space_tl
\g_@@_special_edition_title_tl
}
}{
- \_@@_rubric:nnn {#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \_@@_rubric:nnn {#1}{#2}{#3}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\mathematics,\dossier,\community,\interview,\teaching,\parity,\tellme,\information,\rearviewmirror,\tribute,\books,\latextips,\forum,\moralreport}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \mathematics {O{}}
{
@@ -6025,37 +6081,37 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \begin{macro}{\email}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeinterviewee}{}{%
- \printnames{interviewee}%
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeinterviewee}{}{
+ \printnames{interviewee}
}
{}{}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\citereviewer}{}{%
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citereviewer}{}{
\g_@@_blx_given_first_inits_false_tl
- \printnames{reviewer}%
+ \printnames{reviewer}
}
{}{}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\citereviewerinstitution}{}{%
- \printlist{reviewerinstitution}%
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citereviewerinstitution}{}{
+ \printlist{reviewerinstitution}
}
{}{}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\_@@_cite_public_price}{}{%
- \printfield{publicprice}%
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\_@@_cite_public_price}{}{
+ \printfield{publicprice}
}
{}{}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\_@@_cite_smf_price}{}{%
- \printfield{smfprice}%
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\_@@_cite_smf_price}{}{
+ \printfield{smfprice}
}
{}{}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\citecopublisher}{}{%
- \printlist{copublisher}%
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citecopublisher}{}{
+ \printlist{copublisher}
}
{}{}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\citefrenchabstract}{}{%
- \printfield{frenchabstract}%
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citefrenchabstract}{}{
+ \printfield{frenchabstract}
}
{}{}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\_@@_cite_englishabstract}{}{%
- \printfield{englishabstract}%
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\_@@_cite_englishabstract}{}{
+ \printfield{englishabstract}
}
{}{}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -6066,7 +6122,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \email {m}
{
- \_@@_email:n {#1}%
+ \_@@_email:n {#1}
}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -6076,17 +6132,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_question:n
{
\int_incr:N \g_@@_question_int
- {%
- \par%
- \bigskip%
+ {
+ \par
+ \bigskip
\color{@@_question_color}
- #1%
- \par%
- }%
+ #1
+ \par
+ }
}
\NewDocumentCommand \question {m}
{
- \_@@_question:n {#1}%
+ \_@@_question:n {#1}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -6114,8 +6170,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cad}
-% \begin{macro}{\Cad}
+% \begin{macro}{\cad,\Cad}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \cad { s } {
\IfBooleanTF {#1}
@@ -6139,7 +6194,6 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\gzt}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6156,35 +6210,33 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\gztcl}
-% \begin{macro}{\gztarticle}
+% \begin{macro}{\gztcl,\gztarticle}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \gztcl {}
-{%
+{
\textsl{\texttt{\c_@@_class_name_tl}}
\xspace
}
\NewDocumentCommand \gztarticlecl {}
-{%
+{
\textsl{\texttt{\c_@@_article_class_name_tl}}
\xspace
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\century}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand \century { s m } {%
- \_@@_century:n {#2}%
+\NewDocumentCommand \century { s m } {
+ \_@@_century:n {#2}
\IfBooleanTF {#1}
{
\int_compare:nNnT { #2 } < { 0 }{
- \_@@_century_suffix:n {#2}%
+ \_@@_century_suffix:n {#2}
}
}
{
- \_@@_century_suffix:n {#2}%
+ \_@@_century_suffix:n {#2}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -6192,39 +6244,39 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \begin{macro}{\aside}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand \aside { s m } {%
+\NewDocumentCommand \aside { s m } {
\IfBooleanTF {#1}
{
- \c_@@_aside_string_tl{}~#2
+ \c_@@_aside_string_tl{}~ #2
}
{
- \c_@@_aside_string_tl{}~#2~\c_@@_aside_string_tl
+ \c_@@_aside_string_tl{}~ #2~ \c_@@_aside_string_tl
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_designer_text_tl%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_designer_text_tl
\cs_new_protected:Nn \@@_font_designer_text:n
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_font_designer_text_tl { #1 }
}
\NewDocumentCommand \fontdesignertext {m}
{
- \_@@_font_designer_text:n {#1}%
+ \_@@_font_designer_text:n {#1}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_printer_text_tl%
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_printer_text_tl
\cs_new_protected:Nn \@@_printer_text:n
{
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_printer_text_tl { #1 }
}
\NewDocumentCommand \printertext {m}
{
- \_@@_printer_text:n {#1}%
+ \_@@_printer_text:n {#1}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -6241,29 +6293,29 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
{
\setlength{\epigraphrule}{.4\p@}
}
- \_@@_orig_epigraph{%
- \emph{%
- \enquote{%
- #1%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
+ \_@@_orig_epigraph{
+ \emph{
+ \enquote{
+ #1
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ {
#2
}
}
\RenewDocumentCommand \epigraph { m m }
{
- \_@@_epigraph:nn {#1}{#2}%
+ \_@@_epigraph:nn {#1}{#2}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentEnvironment{authorsinstructions}{}
-{%
+{
\begingroup
\tcbverbatimwrite{\c_@@_authors_instructions_file_tl}
-}%
+}
{
\endtcbverbatimwrite
\endgroup
@@ -6273,7 +6325,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% We provide some public commands and environments to be used for displaying
% (mainly \LaTeX{}) code.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\lstdefinestyle{@@_lst_style}{%
+\lstdefinestyle{@@_lst_style}{
escapechar=+,
language=[LaTeX]TeX,
texcsstyle=*\bfseries,
@@ -6281,89 +6333,89 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
basicstyle=\normalfont\ttfamily,
columns=flexible,
inputencoding=utf8/latin1
-}%
-\DeclareTotalTCBox{\gztverb}{ v }{verbatim,blank,fuzzy~halo=0pt~with~@@_light_generic_dark_color!8}{#1}
+}
+\DeclareTotalTCBox{\gztverb}{ v }{verbatim,blank,fuzzy~ halo=0pt~ with~ @@_light_generic_dark_color!8}{#1}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% The optional argument declaration must be prefixed with an "!" (see
+% The optional argument declaration must be prefixed with an ×!× (see
% \url{https://github.com/T-F-S/tcolorbox/issues/43}).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewTCBListing{gztcode}{ !O{} }{%
- listing~style=@@_lst_style,
- listing~only,
- enlarge~top~by=\medskipamount,
+\NewTCBListing{gztcode}{ !O{} }{
+ listing~ style=@@_lst_style,
+ listing~ only,
+ enlarge~ top~ by=\medskipamount,
breakable,
- #1%
+ #1
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We provide public environments "gztfigure" and "gzttable" (and friends) for
+% We provide public environments ×gztfigure× and ×gzttable× (and friends) for
% the usual floats. Their layout is based upon \pkg{tcolorbox} features.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareTColorBox[blend~into=figures]{gztfigure}{ O{} }
+\DeclareTColorBox[blend~ into=figures]{gztfigure}{ O{} }
{
- ,width=\linewidth%
- ,blend~before~title=dash%
- ,_@@_tcb_floats_style%
- ,#1%
- ,code={\ifdefempty{\kvtcb@title}{\tcbset{_@@_tcb_notitle}}{}}%
+ ,width=\linewidth
+ ,blend~ before~ title=dash
+ ,_@@_tcb_floats_style
+ ,#1
+ ,code={\ifdefempty{\kvtcb@title}{\tcbset{_@@_tcb_notitle}}{}}
}
-\DeclareTColorBox[blend~into=figures]{gztfigure*}{ O{} }
+\DeclareTColorBox[blend~ into=figures]{gztfigure*}{ O{} }
{
,float*
- ,blend~before~title=dash%
- ,width=\textwidth%
- ,_@@_tcb_floats_style%
- ,#1%
- ,code={\ifdefempty{\kvtcb@title}{\tcbset{_@@_tcb_notitle}}{}}%
+ ,blend~ before~ title=dash
+ ,width=\textwidth
+ ,_@@_tcb_floats_style
+ ,#1
+ ,code={\ifdefempty{\kvtcb@title}{\tcbset{_@@_tcb_notitle}}{}}
}
-\DeclareTColorBox[blend~into=tables]{gzttable}{ O{} }
+\DeclareTColorBox[blend~ into=tables]{gzttable}{ O{} }
{
- ,width=\linewidth%
- ,blend~before~title=dash%
- ,_@@_tcb_floats_style%
- ,#1%
- ,code={\ifdefempty{\kvtcb@title}{\tcbset{_@@_tcb_notitle}}{}}%
+ ,width=\linewidth
+ ,blend~ before~ title=dash
+ ,_@@_tcb_floats_style
+ ,#1
+ ,code={\ifdefempty{\kvtcb@title}{\tcbset{_@@_tcb_notitle}}{}}
}
-\DeclareTColorBox[blend~into=tables]{gzttable*}{ O{} }
+\DeclareTColorBox[blend~ into=tables]{gzttable*}{ O{} }
{
,float*
- ,blend~before~title=dash%
- ,width=\textwidth%
- ,_@@_tcb_floats_style%
- ,#1%
- ,code={\ifdefempty{\kvtcb@title}{\tcbset{_@@_tcb_notitle}}{}}%
+ ,blend~ before~ title=dash
+ ,width=\textwidth
+ ,_@@_tcb_floats_style
+ ,#1
+ ,code={\ifdefempty{\kvtcb@title}{\tcbset{_@@_tcb_notitle}}{}}
}
\DeclareTColorBox{gztframe}{ O{} }
{
- ,width=\linewidth%
- ,_@@_tcb_floats_style%
- ,#1%
+ ,width=\linewidth
+ ,_@@_tcb_floats_style
+ ,#1
}
\DeclareTColorBox{gztframe*}{ O{} }
{
,float*
- ,width=\textwidth%
- ,_@@_tcb_floats_style%
- ,#1%
+ ,width=\textwidth
+ ,_@@_tcb_floats_style
+ ,#1
}
%
\DeclareTColorBox{gztscan}{ O{} }
{
- #1%
- ,width=\textwidth%
- ,_@@_tcb_floats_style%
- ,size=tight%
+ #1
+ ,width=\textwidth
+ ,_@@_tcb_floats_style
+ ,size=tight
}
\DeclareTColorBox{_@@_book_review}{ O{} }
{
- overlay~unbroken~and~first={%
- \node at (frame.north~west) {
+ overlay~ unbroken~ and~ first={
+ \node at (frame.north~ west) {
{
- \makebox[\c_zero_dim][l]{%
- \adjustbox{raise={-2\height+\c_@@_book_review_frontcover_extend_dim}{\c_zero_dim}}{%
- \includegraphics[width=20mm]{\g_@@_bookreview_frontcover_tl}%
- }%
+ \makebox[\c_zero_dim][l]{
+ \adjustbox{raise={-2\height+\c_@@_book_review_frontcover_extend_dim}{\c_zero_dim}}{
+ \includegraphics[width=20mm]{\g_@@_bookreview_frontcover_tl}
+ }
}
}
};
@@ -6383,7 +6435,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We provide a public environment "inset" for insets that has the same layout as
+% We provide a public environment ×inset× for insets that has the same layout as
% minibiographies and acknowledgements. Its layout is based upon \pkg{tcolorbox}
% features.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6394,16 +6446,16 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We create a "bookreview" environment for the book reviews.
+% We create a ×bookreview× environment for the book reviews.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentEnvironment{bookreview}{ O{} m }
{
\keys_set:nn { gzt/bookreview } { #2 }
\begin{_@@_book_review}[#1]
- \xpatchfieldformat{title}{mkbibemph}{textbf}{}{}%
- \xpretonameformat{author}{\color{@@_people_color}}{}{}%
+ \xpatchfieldformat{title}{mkbibemph}{textbf}{}{}
+ \xpretonameformat{author}{\color{@@_people_color}}{}{}
\g_@@_blx_given_first_inits_false_tl
- \noindent%
+ \noindent
\parbox[][21.5mm][l]{\linewidth}{\fullcite{\g_@@_bookreview_bibkey_tl}}
\tcblower
}{
@@ -6431,7 +6483,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We create a "bookadvertisement" environment for the book advertisements.
+% We create a ×bookadvertisement× environment for the book advertisements.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \bookadvertisement {O{} m}
{
@@ -6443,9 +6495,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\par
\bigskip
\tcblower
- \includegraphics[height=22.5mm]{\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}%
+ \includegraphics[height=22.5mm]{\c_@@_smf_logo_file_string_tl}
\par{}
- \smallskip%
+ \smallskip
\url{\l_@@_journal_url_tl}
\end{_@@_book_advertisement}
\vfill
@@ -6463,67 +6515,67 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We create a variant of the "\input" macro which cleans the local
-% customizations if any and, if necessary open and close the "refsection" and
-% "multicols" environments.
+% We create a variant of the ×\input× macro which cleans the local
+% customizations if any and, if necessary open and close the ×refsection× and
+% ×multicols× environments.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand \gztinput { m m } {%
+\NewDocumentCommand \gztinput { m m } {
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_people_affiliation_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_people_email_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_people_minibio_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_people_photo_tl
\tl_gclear:N \g_@@_people_webpage_tl
\tl_clear:N \l_@@_article_acknowledgements_tl
- \startcustomization%
+ \startcustomization
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_refsection_bool} {
\begin{refsection}
}
\bool_if:NF { \g_@@_backcover_bool } {
\tl_if_in:NnT
- { \c_@@_advertisement_directory_string_tl } { #1 } {%
+ { \c_@@_advertisement_directory_string_tl } { #1 } {
\newpage
\thispagestyle{@@_advertisement_ps}
}
}
\inputfrom{#1}{#2}
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_multicols_bool} {
- \end{multicols}%
+ \end{multicols}
}
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_refsection_bool} {
\end{refsection}
}
- \cleancustomization%
+ \cleancustomization
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% If we don't ask the cover page (only), the inside back cover and back cover
% pages are automatically included at the end of the document, the former
% containing some condensed instructions to authors. But, this cannot be done
-% within "\AddToHook{enddocument}" and "\preto\@enddocumenthook" should be used instead
-% (see \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/240318/18401}). (Update (2021-02-14):
+% within ×\AddToHook{enddocument}× and ×\preto\@enddocumenthook× should be used instead
+% (see \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/240318/18401}). (Update (2021-02-14):
% we now rely on the new ×\AddToHook{env/document/end}×.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_coverpage_bool} {
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_inside_pages_bool} {
- \AddToHook{enddocument/end}{
+ \AddToHook{enddocument}{
\bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_backmatter_bool
\g_@@_display_inside_backcover_tl
\newpage
\g_@@_display_backcover_tl
- }%
- }%
-}%
+ }
+ }
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% If we don't ask the cover page (only), the document total page numbers should
% be a multiple of four and we add the necessary and sufficient number of blank
% pages if it isn't the case (code borrowed from
-% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/83498/18401}).
+% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/83498/18401}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_coverpage_bool} {
\bool_if:nF { \g_@@_for_authors_bool } {
\bool_if:nT { \g_@@_inside_pages_bool } {
- \AddToHook{enddocument}{%
+ \AddToHook{enddocument}{
\prg_replicate:nn
{ \int_mod:nn { 4 - \int_mod:nn { \getpagerefnumber{LastPage} } { 4 } } { 4 } }
{ \thispagestyle{@@_blank_pages_ps}\null\clearpage }
@@ -6546,9 +6598,9 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\AddToHook{enddocument}{%
+\AddToHook{enddocument}{
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_multicols_bool} {
- \end{multicols}%
+ \end{multicols}
}
\bool_if:NT {\g_@@_refsection_bool} {
\end{refsection}
@@ -6564,26 +6616,26 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%<*class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Miscellaneous settings}
+% \subsection{Miscellaneous settings}
%
% We gather here miscellaneous settings.
%
-% \subsection{Related to \Pkg{pgfplots}}
+% \subsubsection{Related to \texorpdfstring{\Pkg{pgfplots}}{pgfplots}}
%
% (French) Numbers format:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\pgfplotsset{%
- /pgf/number~format/.cd,
- use~comma,
- 1000~sep={\,},
- min~exponent~for~1000~sep=4
-}%
+\pgfplotsset{
+ /pgf/number~ format/.cd,
+ use~ comma,
+ 1000~ sep={\,},
+ min~ exponent~ for~ 1000~ sep=4
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Related to \Pkg{biblatex}}
+% \subsubsection{Related to \texorpdfstring{\Pkg{biblatex}}{biblatex}}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\defbibheading{bibassection}[\bibname]{\section*{#1}}%
+\defbibheading{bibassection}[\bibname]{\section*{#1}}
\renewcommand{\bibfont}{\normalfont\footnotesize}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -6595,20 +6647,20 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% We create a name format that prints the initial(s) of the first name(s) before
% last name of a cited author.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/01/01}{%
- \DeclareNameFormat{giveninits-last}{%
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/01/01}{
+ \DeclareNameFormat{giveninits-last}{
\nameparts{#1}
\usebibmacro{name:given-family}
{\namepartfamily}
{\namepartgiveni}
{\namepartprefix}
- {\namepartsuffix}%
- \usebibmacro{name:andothers}%
+ {\namepartsuffix}
+ \usebibmacro{name:andothers}
}
}{
- \DeclareNameFormat{giveninits-last}{%
- \usebibmacro{name:first-last}{#1}{#4}{#5}{#7}%
- \usebibmacro{name:andothers}%
+ \DeclareNameFormat{giveninits-last}{
+ \usebibmacro{name:first-last}{#1}{#4}{#5}{#7}
+ \usebibmacro{name:andothers}
}
}
\DeclareNameAlias{labelname}{giveninits-last}
@@ -6621,48 +6673,37 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewbibmacro{in:}{%
+\renewbibmacro{in:}{
\ifentrytype{article}{}{\printtext{\bibstring{in}\intitlepunct}}}
-\renewbibmacro*{journal}{%
- \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
- {%
+\renewbibmacro*{journal}{
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}
+ {
\iffieldundef{journaltitle}
{}
- {%
- \printtext[journaltitle]%
- {%
- \printfield[titlecase]{journaltitle}%
- \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
- \printfield[titlecase]{journalsubtitle}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {\printtext[journaltitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{shortjournal}}}%
+ {
+ \printtext[journaltitle]
+ {
+ \printfield[titlecase]{journaltitle}
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}
+ \printfield[titlecase]{journalsubtitle}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ {\printtext[journaltitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{shortjournal}}}
}
-\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{%
- \printfield{volume}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\c_space_tl}%
- \printfield{number}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\c_space_tl}%
+\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{
+ \printfield{volume}
+ \setunit{\addcomma\c_space_tl}
+ \printfield{number}
+ \setunit{\addcomma\c_space_tl}
\printfield{eid}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{\mkbibbold{#1}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[book]{volume}{\mkbibbold{#1}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{number}{\bibstring{number}#1}
-\DeclareLanguageMapping{french}{gzt}% use the new abbreviations
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{french}{gzt}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Related to \Pkg{kpfonts}}
-%
-% We robustify the "\itshape" redefinition (in case of "easyscsl" option), that
-% is not robust in \pkg{kpfonts} code
-% (cf. \url{https://groups.google.com/d/msg/fr.comp.text.tex/hIi97ipK5qA/WJoPwvH-p1UJ}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifkp@easyscsl
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\itshape}{\not@math@alphabet\itshape\mathit%
- \ifthenelse{\equal{\f@shape}{\scdefault}}{\fontshape{scsl}}{%
- \fontshape\itdefault}\selectfont}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
+% \subsubsection{Related to \texorpdfstring{\Pkg{kpfonts}}{kpfonts}}
%
% We replace the \pkg{kpfonts}' \enquote{mathfrak} by the one from
% \enquote{eufrak}, as the former doesn't provide Euler Fraktur digits.
@@ -6671,40 +6712,40 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\SetMathAlphabet\mathfrak{bold}{U}{euf}{b}{n}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Related to \Pkg{draftwatermark}}
+% \subsubsection{Related to \texorpdfstring{\Pkg{draftwatermark}}{draftwatermark}}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackageloaded{draftwatermark}{%
- \SetWatermarkColor{gray!10}%
- \SetWatermarkFontSize{30mm}%
- \SetWatermarkText{\text_uppercase:n{\c_@@_draftwatermark_string_tl}}%
-}{%
+\@ifpackageloaded{draftwatermark}{
+ \SetWatermarkColor{gray!10}
+ \SetWatermarkFontSize{30mm}
+ \SetWatermarkText{\text_uppercase:n{\c_@@_draftwatermark_string_tl}}
+}{
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Related to \Pkg{TikZ}}
+% \subsubsection{Related to \texorpdfstring{\Pkg{TikZ}}{TikZ}}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\tikzset{
_@@_dots/.style={
- line~width=\c_@@_tikz_dot_diameter_dim,
- line~cap=round,
- dash~pattern=on~0pt~off~\c_@@_tikz_dot_spacing_dim
+ line~ width=\c_@@_tikz_dot_diameter_dim,
+ line~ cap=round,
+ dash~ pattern=on~ 0pt~ off~ \c_@@_tikz_dot_spacing_dim
},
_@@_tcb_segmentation_style/.style={
_@@_dots,
draw=@@_dotfill_color,
- shorten~>=~\c_@@_tcb_left_dim+\c_@@_tcb_boxsep_dim,
- shorten~<=~\c_@@_tcb_left_dim+\c_@@_tcb_boxsep_dim,
+ shorten~ >=~ \c_@@_tcb_left_dim+\c_@@_tcb_boxsep_dim,
+ shorten~ <=~ \c_@@_tcb_left_dim+\c_@@_tcb_boxsep_dim,
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Related to \Pkg{tcolorbox}}
+% \subsubsection{Related to \texorpdfstring{\Pkg{tcolorbox}}{tcolorbox}}
%
% We set some styles for
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item the two public environments "gztfigure(*)" and "gzttable(*)" for the
+% \item the two public environments ×gztfigure(*)× and ×gzttable(*)× for the
% usual floats,
% \item the book reviews,
% \item the book advertisements,
@@ -6713,155 +6754,155 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% whom layout is based upon \pkg{tcolorbox} features.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tcbset{
- copyright/.style={%
- overlay={%
- \node[rotate=90,anchor=south~west,font=\tiny] at (frame.south~east) {%
+ copyright/.style={
+ overlay={
+ \node[rotate=90,anchor=south~ west,font=\tiny] at (frame.south~ east) {
\begin{minipage}[t]{\tcbtextheight}
- \copyright{}~#1%
+ \copyright{}~ #1
\end{minipage}
- };%
- }%
- }%
+ };
+ }
+ }
}
-\tcbset{%
- _@@_tcb_floats_style/.style={%
- enhanced%
- ,every~float=\centering%
- ,coltitle=@@_generic_dark_color%
- ,colbacktitle=@@_float_title_bg_color%
- ,colback=white%
- ,colframe=@@_float_frame_color%
- ,center~upper%
- ,sharp~corners=all%
- ,boxrule=0.3mm%
- }%
+\tcbset{
+ _@@_tcb_floats_style/.style={
+ enhanced
+ ,every~ float=\centering
+ ,coltitle=@@_generic_dark_color
+ ,colbacktitle=@@_float_title_bg_color
+ ,colback=white
+ ,colframe=@@_float_frame_color
+ ,center~ upper
+ ,sharp~ corners=all
+ ,boxrule=0.3mm
+ }
}
-\tcbset{%
- _@@_tcb_notitle/.style={%
- blend~before~title~code={##1}
- ,title={\c_space_tl}%
- }%
+\tcbset{
+ _@@_tcb_notitle/.style={
+ blend~ before~ title~ code={##1}
+ ,title={\c_space_tl}
+ }
}
-\tcbset{%
- _@@_tcb_book_review_box_style/.style={%
- enhanced,%
- colback=@@_book_review_frame_bg_color,%
- breakable,%
- % height=50mm,%
+\tcbset{
+ _@@_tcb_book_review_box_style/.style={
+ enhanced,
+ colback=@@_book_review_frame_bg_color,
+ breakable,
+ % height=50mm,
boxrule=\c_zero_dim,
- sharp~corners=all,%
+ sharp~ corners=all,
skin=enhancedlast,
leftupper=25mm,
- enlarge~bottom~finally~by=-1mm,
+ enlarge~ bottom~ finally~ by=-1mm,
middle=4mm,
- segmentation~style={_@@_tcb_segmentation_style}%
+ segmentation~ style={_@@_tcb_segmentation_style}
}
}
-\tcbset{%
- _@@_tcb_book_advertisement_box_style/.style={%
- enhanced,%
- colframe=@@_book_advertisement_frame_color,%
- colback=@@_book_advertisement_bg_color,%
- center~lower,
- sharp~corners=all,%
+\tcbset{
+ _@@_tcb_book_advertisement_box_style/.style={
+ enhanced,
+ colframe=@@_book_advertisement_frame_color,
+ colback=@@_book_advertisement_bg_color,
+ center~ lower,
+ sharp~ corners=all,
% skin=enhancedlast,
% middle=4mm,
- lower~separated=false,
- % segmentation~style={_@@_tcb_segmentation_style}%
- }
-}
-\tcbset{%
- _@@_tcb_inside_cover_style/.style={%
- % split=0.6,%
- colback=@@_inside_frontcover_frame_bg_color,%
- colbacktitle=@@_inside_frontcover_frame_bg_color,%
- sharp~corners=all,%
- center~title,%
- coltitle=@@_inside_frontcover_frame_title_color,%
- fonttitle=\bfseries\large,%
- boxrule=\c_zero_dim,%
- toptitle=3mm,%
- bottomtitle=4mm,%
- frame~hidden,%
- enhanced,%
+ lower~ separated=false,
+ % segmentation~ style={_@@_tcb_segmentation_style}
+ }
+}
+\tcbset{
+ _@@_tcb_inside_cover_style/.style={
+ % split=0.6,
+ colback=@@_inside_frontcover_frame_bg_color,
+ colbacktitle=@@_inside_frontcover_frame_bg_color,
+ sharp~ corners=all,
+ center~ title,
+ coltitle=@@_inside_frontcover_frame_title_color,
+ fonttitle=\bfseries\large,
+ boxrule=\c_zero_dim,
+ toptitle=3mm,
+ bottomtitle=4mm,
+ frame~ hidden,
+ enhanced,
height=\c_@@_layoutheight_dim-\c_@@_topmargin_inside_cover_dim-\c_@@_botmargin_dim,
width=\c_@@_inside_cover_box_width_dim,
middle=4mm,
- segmentation~style={_@@_tcb_segmentation_style}%
+ segmentation~ style={_@@_tcb_segmentation_style}
},
- _@@_tcb_inside_frontcover_style/.style={%
+ _@@_tcb_inside_frontcover_style/.style={
_@@_tcb_inside_cover_style,
- enlarge~left~by=-\c_@@_inside_cover_offset_dim,
+ enlarge~ left~ by=-\c_@@_inside_cover_offset_dim,
},
- _@@_tcb_inside_backcover_style/.style={%
+ _@@_tcb_inside_backcover_style/.style={
_@@_tcb_inside_cover_style,
- enlarge~left~by=\c_@@_inside_cover_offset_dim,
+ enlarge~ left~ by=\c_@@_inside_cover_offset_dim,
}
}
-\AddToHook{begindocument/before}{%
+\AddToHook{begindocument/before}{
\bool_if:NTF {\g_@@_special_edition_bool} {
\tcbset{
- _@@_tcb_inside_frontcover_style/.append~style={%
+ _@@_tcb_inside_frontcover_style/.append~ style={
title=\c_@@_special_edition_editorial_board_string_tl
},
- _@@_tcb_inside_backcover_style/.append~style={%
+ _@@_tcb_inside_backcover_style/.append~ style={
notitle
},
}
}{
\tcbset{
- _@@_tcb_inside_frontcover_style/.append~style={%
+ _@@_tcb_inside_frontcover_style/.append~ style={
title=\c_@@_editorial_board_string_tl
},
- _@@_tcb_inside_backcover_style/.append~style={%
- title=\file_if_exist:nT { \c_@@_authors_instructions_file_tl } {%
+ _@@_tcb_inside_backcover_style/.append~ style={
+ title=\file_if_exist:nT { \c_@@_authors_instructions_file_tl } {
\c_@@_authors_instructions_string_tl
}
},
}
}
}
-\tcbset{%
- _@@_tcb_bibliography_style/.style={%
+\tcbset{
+ _@@_tcb_bibliography_style/.style={
colback=@@_bibliography_minibios_acknowledgements_bg_color,
breakable,
boxrule=\c_zero_dim,
- sharp~corners=all,%
+ sharp~ corners=all,
enhanced
}
}
-\tcbset{%
- _@@_tcb_minibiographies_acknowledgements_style/.style={%
+\tcbset{
+ _@@_tcb_minibiographies_acknowledgements_style/.style={
colback=@@_bibliography_minibios_acknowledgements_bg_color,
breakable,
boxrule=\c_zero_dim,
- extras~unbroken~and~last={drop~lifted~shadow},
- sharp~corners=all,%
+ extras~ unbroken~ and~ last={drop~ lifted~ shadow},
+ sharp~ corners=all,
skin=enhancedlast,
- height~fixed~for=middle,
+ height~ fixed~ for=middle,
}
}
-\tcbset{%
- enlargepage~flexible=\baselineskip,
+\tcbset{
+ enlargepage~ flexible=\baselineskip,
left=\c_@@_tcb_left_dim,
boxsep=\c_@@_tcb_boxsep_dim,
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Lists}
+% \subsubsection{Lists}
%
% We now set the lists layout in order to benefit from \Pkg{enumitem}'s features
% and preserve the layout from \pkg{frenchb}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\setlist[1]{labelindent=\parindent}
\setlist[itemize]{label=\textendash{}, nosep}
-\setlist{%
+\setlist{
labelwidth=\widthof{\textendash},
itemsep=0.4ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.2ex,
parsep=0.4ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.2ex,
topsep=0.8ex plus 0.4ex minus 0.4ex,
partopsep=0.4ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.2ex,
- leftmargin=!%
+ leftmargin=!
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -6878,11 +6919,11 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Miscellaneous}
+% \subsubsection{Miscellaneous}
%
% We fix the \pkg{csquotes}' quotes for PDF strings.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePlainStyle{«~}{~»}{`}{'}
+\DeclarePlainStyle{«~ }{~ »}{`}{'}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We change the default settings of the floats placement.
@@ -6898,39 +6939,39 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% We change the default horizontal space between columns in multicolumn mode.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\setlength{\columnsep}{7mm}%
+\setlength{\columnsep}{7mm}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We change the way the section counter is displayed (the chapter should not appear).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}%
+\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% In case \Pkg{siunitx} is loaded, we make it follow the French rules.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackageloaded{siunitx}{%
+\@ifpackageloaded{siunitx}{
\sisetup{locale=FR}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We change the color of the table rules.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\arrayrulecolor{@@_arrayrule_color}%
+\arrayrulecolor{@@_arrayrule_color}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We change the floating table name (as translated by the \pkg{frenchb}
+% We change the floating table name (as translated by the \pkg{french-babel}
% module from \Pkg{babel}) from \enquote{Table} to \enquote{Tableau}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\addto\captionsfrench{\def\tablename{{\scshape Tableau}}}%
+\addto\captionsfrench{\def\tablename{{\scshape Tableau}}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Miscellaneous (re)definitions}
+% \subsection{Miscellaneous (re)definitions}
%
% We gather here miscellaneous redefinitions.
%
-% \subsection{Vectors}
+% \subsubsection{Vectors}
%
-% Vectors, even written with "\vec", are typeset with \pkg{esvect}'s "\vv":
+% Vectors, even written with ×\vec×, are typeset with \pkg{esvect}'s ×\vv×:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RenewDocumentCommand \vec { m } {
\vv{#1}
@@ -6938,14 +6979,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\usetikzlibrary}
-% The "\usetikzlibrary" switch is redefined in order to get rid of the bug
+% The ×\usetikzlibrary× switch is redefined in order to get rid of the bug
% reported here: \url{https://sourceforge.net/p/pgf/bugs/353/}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_usetikzlibrary \usetikzlibrary
\RenewDocumentCommand \usetikzlibrary { m } {
- \shorthandoff{:}%
+ \shorthandoff{:}
\_@@_orig_usetikzlibrary{#1}
- \shorthandon{:}%
+ \shorthandon{:}
% \begingroup
% \NoAutoSpacing
% \_@@_orig_usetikzlibrary{#1}
@@ -6954,14 +6995,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Usual theorems and the like}
+% \subsubsection{Usual theorems and the like}
%
% Some usual theorems and the like are defined, thanks to \Pkg{thmtools}. First,
-% we define a private function "\_@@_new_theorem" that defines:
+% we define a private function ×\_@@_new_theorem× that defines:
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item a new (private, \pkg{thmtools}) theorem with 4 arguments:
% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item possible additional options to the style "_@@_tcb_alltheorems_style"
+% \item possible additional options to the style ×_@@_tcb_alltheorems_style×
% defined earlier for all \enquote{theorems},
% \item name of the (private) \pkg{thmtools} theorem,
% \item French title for this theorem,
@@ -6969,16 +7010,16 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
% \end{enumerate}
% \item a public environment based on this private theorem with a the usual
% syntax of \pkg{amsthm} theorems, except it has an optional argument for
-% possible additional options to the default styles ("theorem" or
-% "definition").
+% possible additional options to the default styles (×theorem× or
+% ×definition×).
% \end{enumerate}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\bilingual}
+% \begin{macro}{\_@@_bilingual}
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_bilingual:nnn
{
- \deftranslation[to=French]{#1}{#2}%
- \deftranslation[to=English]{#1}{#3}%
+ \deftranslation[to=French]{#1}{#2}
+ \deftranslation[to=English]{#1}{#3}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -6987,14 +7028,14 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\cs_new_protected:Nn \_@@_new_theorem:nnnn
{
% \_@@_bilingual:nnn {#2}{#3}{#4}
- \deftranslation[to=French]{#2}{#3}%
- \deftranslation[to=English]{#2}{#4}%
- \declaretheorem[%
- #1,%
+ \deftranslation[to=French]{#2}{#3}
+ \deftranslation[to=English]{#2}{#4}
+ \declaretheorem[
+ #1,
name=\translate{#2}
]{#2}
- \declaretheorem[%
- #1,%
+ \declaretheorem[
+ #1,
name=\translate{#2},
numbered=no
]{#2*}
@@ -7002,11 +7043,12 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \_@@_new_theorem:nnnn { nnVV }
\declaretheoremstyle[spaceabove=3pt,notefont=\bfseries,bodyfont=\itshape]{theorem}
\declaretheoremstyle[spaceabove=3pt,notefont=\bfseries,bodyfont=\normalfont]{definition}
-\declaretheoremstyle[spaceabove=3pt,bodyfont=\normalfont,qed=\ensuremath{\qedsymbol},headfont=\normalfont\itshape,numbered=no]{proof}
+\declaretheoremstyle[spaceabove=3pt,bodyfont=\normalfont,
+ qed=\ensuremath{\qedsymbol},headfont=\normalfont\itshape,numbered=no]{proof}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Then, we define a public command, similar to "\newtheorem", based on
-% "\_@@_new_theorem", that lets the user define his own theorems:
+% Then, we define a public command, similar to ×\newtheorem×, based on
+% ×\_@@_new_theorem×, that lets the user define his own theorems:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RenewDocumentCommand \newtheorem { O{} m }
{
@@ -7027,15 +7069,19 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\keys_set:nn { gzt/newtheorem } { #1 }
}
% \tl_if_eq:VVF { \l_@@_newtheorem_englishtitle_tl } { \MakeUppercase #2 }
- % {%
+ % {
% \tl_if_eq:NNF { \l_@@_newtheorem_frenchtitle_tl } { \l_@@_newtheorem_englishtitle_tl }
- % {%
+ % {
% \tl_set:Nf \l_@@_newtheorem_frenchtitle_tl {
% \l_@@_newtheorem_englishtitle_tl
% }
% }
% }
- \_@@_new_theorem:nnVV {style=\l_@@_newtheorem_style_tl}{#2}{\l_@@_newtheorem_frenchtitle_tl}{\l_@@_newtheorem_englishtitle_tl}
+ \_@@_new_theorem:nnVV
+ {style=\l_@@_newtheorem_style_tl}
+ {#2}
+ {\l_@@_newtheorem_frenchtitle_tl}
+ {\l_@@_newtheorem_englishtitle_tl}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -7086,10 +7132,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\_@@_clone_theorem:nn {preuve}{proof}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{(Reciprocal) Trigonometric and hyperbolic functions}
+% \subsubsection{(Reciprocal) Trigonometric and hyperbolic functions}
%
-% Reciprocal trigonometric functions, even written with usual "\arccos",
-% "\arcsin", "\arctan", etc. are typeset with an uppercase \enquote{A}:
+% Reciprocal trigonometric functions, even written with usual ×\arccos×,
+% ×\arcsin×, ×\arctan×, etc. are typeset with an uppercase \enquote{A}:
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareMathOperator{\cotan}{cotan}
\DeclareMathOperator{\Arccos}{Arccos}
@@ -7102,19 +7148,19 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_arcsin \arcsin
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_arctan \arctan
\RenewDocumentCommand \arccos {} {
- \IfLanguageName {french}{\Arccos}{\_@@_orig_arccos}%
+ \IfLanguageName {french}{\Arccos}{\_@@_orig_arccos}
}
\RenewDocumentCommand \arcsin {} {
- \IfLanguageName {french}{\Arcsin}{\_@@_orig_arcsin}%
+ \IfLanguageName {french}{\Arcsin}{\_@@_orig_arcsin}
}
\RenewDocumentCommand \arctan {} {
- \IfLanguageName {french}{\Arctan}{\_@@_orig_arctan}%
+ \IfLanguageName {french}{\Arctan}{\_@@_orig_arctan}
}
\DeclareMathOperator{\ch}{ch}
\DeclareMathOperator{\sh}{sh}
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_tanh \tanh
\RenewDocumentCommand \tanh {} {
- \IfLanguageName {french}{\operatorname{th}}{\_@@_orig_tanh}%
+ \IfLanguageName {french}{\operatorname{th}}{\_@@_orig_tanh}
}
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_log \log
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_lg \lg
@@ -7138,17 +7184,17 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
}
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_leq \leq
\cs_set_eq:NN \_@@_orig_geq \geq
-\RenewDocumentCommand \le {} {%
- \IfLanguageName {french}{\leqslant}{\_@@_orig_leq}%
+\RenewDocumentCommand \le {} {
+ \IfLanguageName {french}{\leqslant}{\_@@_orig_leq}
}
-\RenewDocumentCommand \leq {} {%
- \IfLanguageName {french}{\leqslant}{\_@@_orig_leq}%
+\RenewDocumentCommand \leq {} {
+ \IfLanguageName {french}{\leqslant}{\_@@_orig_leq}
}
-\RenewDocumentCommand \ge {} {%
- \IfLanguageName {french}{\geqslant}{\_@@_orig_geq}%
+\RenewDocumentCommand \ge {} {
+ \IfLanguageName {french}{\geqslant}{\_@@_orig_geq}
}
-\RenewDocumentCommand \geq {} {%
- \IfLanguageName {french}{\geqslant}{\_@@_orig_geq}%
+\RenewDocumentCommand \geq {} {
+ \IfLanguageName {french}{\geqslant}{\_@@_orig_geq}
}
\NewDocumentCommand \N {} {\mathbb{N}}
\NewDocumentCommand \Z {} {\mathbb{Z}}
@@ -7167,15 +7213,15 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% We now leave the \LaTeX3{} programming environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \ExplSyntaxOff
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Initial configuration file}
-% Before the code of the \gztcl{} by itself, we give the initial configuration
+% \subsection{Initial configuration file}
+% Before the code of the \Class{gzt} by itself, we give the initial configuration
% file.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -7186,7 +7232,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Journal data
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\journalsetup{%
+\journalsetup{
publisher = \smf,
address = Institut Henri Poincar\'e\newline
11 rue Pierre et Marie Curie\newline
@@ -7194,7 +7240,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
phone = 01 44 27 67 96,
fax = 01 40 46 90 96,
email = gazette@dma.ens.fr,
- url = http://smf.emath.fr,
+ url = https://smf.emath.fr,
issn = 0224-8999
}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -7232,7 +7278,10 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Font designer text
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\fontdesignertext{Nous utilisons la police \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/kpfonts}{Kp-Fonts} créée par Christophe \textsc{Caignaert}.}
+\fontdesignertext{%
+ Nous utilisons la police \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/kpfonts}{Kp-Fonts} créée
+ par Christophe \textsc{Caignaert}.%
+}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Printer text
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -7260,7 +7309,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
Elle est envoyée gratuitement à chaque adhérent. Les numéros actuel et
anciens sont disponibles en ligne
- (\url{http://smf4.emath.fr/Publications/Gazette/}).
+ (\url{https://smf4.emath.fr/Publications/Gazette/}).
\item[Soumission d'article.] Les articles doivent être envoyés au secrétariat,
de préférence par courrier électronique (\email{gazette@dma.ens.fr}), pour
@@ -7289,39 +7338,39 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
propose la classe \LaTeX{} \gztarticlecl{} fournie par les distributions
\TeX{} courantes (\TeX{} Live et Mac\TeX{} \aside{à partir de leur version
2015} ainsi que MiK\TeX{}), et sinon téléchargeable depuis la page
- \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/gzt}. Sa documentation détaillée se trouve à la
- page \url{http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/gzt/doc/gzt-fr.pdf}.
+ \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/gzt}. Sa documentation détaillée se trouve à la
+ page \url{https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/gzt/doc/gzt-fr.pdf}.
On prendra garde au fait que l'usage de cette classe nécessite une
distribution \TeX{} à jour.
Pour plus de détails, consulter la page
- \url{http://smf.emath.fr/content/la-gazette-des-mathematiciens}.
+ \url{https://smf.emath.fr/les-publications/la-gazette}.
%
% \item[Rubrique \enquote{Mathématiques}] La \gzt{} publie des articles de
% mathématiques et d'interactions ou applications des mathématiques,
% chargés
% de présenter un résultat, exposer une notion ou de commenter une
% actualité.
- %
+ %
% Ils s'adressent à un public étendu. Les textes privilégiés sont courts,
% pédagogiques et illustrés par des exemples.
- %
+ %
% La bibliographie ne vise pas à l'exhaustivité et se concentre sur les
% textes
% introductifs et de référence.
- %
+ %
% Les articles d'histoire des mathématiques ou contenant des vues
% historiques
% ou épistémologiques sont également bienvenus et doivent être conçus dans
% le
% même esprit.
- %
+ %
% \item[Rubrique \enquote{Livres}] La rubrique \enquote{Livres} publie des
% recensions s'attachant à présenter des ouvrages de mathématiques et des
% ouvrages sur les mathématiques (leur histoire, leur philosophie, et plus
% généralement tout ce qui a trait aux mathématiques et aux
% mathématiciens).
- %
+ %
% Quelques recommendations :
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Commencez la recension en donnant quelques informations sur le
@@ -7359,7 +7408,7 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Réglages divers
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\pgfplotsset{compat=1.12}%
+\pgfplotsset{compat=1.12}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -7373,7 +7422,6 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\ExplSyntaxOff
-%
\begin{document}
\frontmatterheadtext
\end{document}
@@ -7383,129 +7431,13 @@ This work consists of the file gzt.dtx
%</class-logo>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*readme-pictograms>
-% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{implementation}
%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-# Pictograms possibly missing
-
-The current directory is supposed to contain the (files of the) logos and
-pictograms that illustrate the Gazette whole issues compiled by the SMF. As non
-free materials, they are likely to miss here and, in such a case, the `gzt`
-class will be replace them by a dummy image (borrowed from the `mwe` package).
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</readme-pictograms>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*changelog>
-% \end{macrocode}
-# [Unreleased]
-
-# [1.0.1] - 2021-02-14
-
-## Added
-- Option to create moral reports (`gzt` class only).
-- Local (to a given article) table of contents
-
-## Changed
-- The class now relies on the new LaTeX core hooks.
-- Documentation revised.
-- Various improvements.
-
-## Fixed
-- Superflous uppercases removed (cont.).
-- `gztcode` environments partially gobble their content under certain
- conditions.
-- Various other small bugs.
-
-# [1.0.0] - 2020-03-17
-
-## Added
-- CHANGELOG file (following https://keepachangelog.com/en/1.0.0/).
-- Semantic versionning (following https://semver.org/).
-
-## Changed
-- Compilation date displayed only if the issue number is not specified
- (`gztarticle` class only).
-- Prevent column breaks within items of "Comité de rédaction" (at the price of
- unbalanced columns).
-
-## Fixed
-- Track changes in `expl3`.
-- Superflous uppercases removed.
-- Index directive in `latexmk` config file modernized.
-
-# [0.98] - 2018-04-09
-
-## Changed
-- Support for `biblatex` 3.8 changes.
-- Track changes in `expl3`.
-- Special editions implemented.
-
-## Fixed
-- Several bug fixes.
-
-# [0.96] - 2017-04-07
-
-## Changed
-- Figures and tables:
- - with recurrent label and number but without any caption,
- - with caption but without any recurrent label nor numbered,
- implemented.
-- Frames without any label, number nor caption implemented.
-- Track changes in `expl3`.
-
-# [0.9] - 2015-05-02
-
-- Initial CTAN release of the `gzt` bundle.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</changelog>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*latexmkrc>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-$pdf_mode = 1;
-
-$bibtex_use = 1;
-$bibtex = 'biber %O %B';
-
-add_cus_dep('glo', 'gls', 0, 'makeglossaries');
-add_cus_dep('acn', 'acr', 0, 'makeglossaries');
-add_cus_dep('slo', 'sls', 0, 'makeglossaries');
-sub makeglossaries{
- system( "makeglossaries \"$_[0]\"" );
-}
-
-$makeindex = 'texindy -L french -C utf8';
-
-push @generated_exts, 'acn', 'acr', 'alg', 'bcf', 'fls', 'gl*', 'sbl*', 'sl*', 'sym*' ;
-
-$clean_ext .= 'synctex.gz* run.xml tex.bak ind idx out bbl bcf fdb_latexmk run
- tdo listing *~ lo* unq mw tcbtemp ins drv atfi db* ain' ;
-
-$quote_filenames = 0;
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</latexmkrc>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
+% \PrintIndex
\endinput
-% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \Finale
-
%%% Local Variables:
%%% mode: doctex
-%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "english"
%%% TeX-command-default: "TeX"
%%% TeX-master: t
%%% End: